D99 3705D 06_Mar1980 06 Mar1980

User Manual: Pdf D99-3705D-06_Mar1980

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 232

DownloadD99-3705D-06_Mar1980 D99-3705D-06 Mar1980
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
tnt Hfi1

' t ' . . . . .Wll WIlL

MY"P' _ _

""N"

at

b

.HI. ."WW. ." • •, ".... W" ."YN lOr'

..

PI.,., ..

...... ,I! N'N'MfIH..,NU"Wwe."

IMIM'W'H,·""H·!t!W,'H

MIII''"MWM''pw..

..,.*&...,

e W"'"

"f ·" ... · 9 ' · " ·

o ·
o

".o

D99-3705D-06

o
o
o
o

o
o

1•
••
•
•
•
•
••

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER,
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE TEST, and
INITIAL TEST
DATE: 3/7/80

;

T3705A

F ±rlr #rEd.

*1

-- - ------...--------- ------- ~ ----- ----------~------------ ~-----~----.!:...------------. . . . ---------~ --~ .....

-~---

-- --_. _-- ---. - -- - - - - - - - -

0

•

0
D99-3705D-06

C

O!

PREFACE

~~

'~

This manual contains information pertaining to the Internal Functional
Test Loader, T370SA, the Diagnostic Control Module (DCM), X370SACA,
the Internal Functional Tests (IFTs), X370SABA-X370SJBA, and the
Initial Test, X3705ADA.

~"j
,;/-

~~\

V
tf~

(,~t..I')

The material in this manual was previously released in D99-3705A
which has been replaced by:
IBM Maintenance Di~9nostic Program Channel Adapter and Wrap All Lines
On-line test, D99-370SC.
IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Progr~m Internal Functional Test Loader,
D ; a 9 nos t ; c Con t r 0 1 Mod u fe' , Pan elL; neT est, and In i t i a 1 T est s ,
099-37050

0
~

\"'~y

!~

~v

IBN Maintenance Diagnostic.Program Internal Functional Tests SYmptom
Indexes, 099-370SE.
Chapter 1 contains information about the 1FT Loader T370SA.
Chapter 2 describes the Diagnostic Control Module X370SACA and
provides operational instructions.
Chapter 3 provides information
about the Internal Functional Tests describing their use and operation
with the DeM.
This chapter also explains how to use the Symptom
Indexes contained in D99-370SE.
Chapter 4 provides a general
description of the Initial Tests and instructions for loading and
operating the test programs.
Also included is a discussion of how to
use the Initial Test Symptom Index contained in Appendix c.

,,~- /

Operating instructions and examples of using the panel line test is
included in Chapeter 5.
The panel line test is a stand-alone version
of the NCP-4 line test function.
Appendix A contains the Configuration Data Set (CDS) required by
the IFT Loader, OeM, and IFT.
Appendix B contains a listin9 of stops
originating from the DCM and includes a discussion of the action
required at each stoP.

c

The initial test symptom index has been incorporated into this
T3705A

; i

c

c

I '#t'W"'r:''''!WtlM'" 't,,"'ie.''''H'rMr''''!MI '.'.M'...... W"M'!i'"

o

f

Ii " "

JIb"!

d 1"",' M'##'HtiI' ·'f'Mtr'hf"ti

11"

,!II

,

I'N!Pdlrlfl'M''''t"W'.,.,It'InW

ue

f

r 'OIIdM

IN ±"bt" !bllllff! MwtH'rlHM

+r

+n

"'"',,-

I

!

".

!O

!.

•

I

0

1

o
o
o
o
o

D99-3705D-06
manual in Appendix C.
The Manual Routine Indexes previously found at the beginning of the
Symptom Indexes with manual intervention routines have been combined
and incorporated into Appendix D.
Companion manuals that should be referred to are:
IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Programs IFT SYmptom Index, D99-3705E.
IBM 3705 Communications Controller Theory Maintenance Manual,
SY27-0l07.
Prerequisite manuals that should be referred to are:
DOS OLTEP SRL, GC24-5086.
IBM System/360 Operating System On-line Test Executive Program,
GC28-6650.
OLTSEP Operators Guide, D99-SEPDT.
Guide to Using the IBM 3705 Communications Contoller Control Panel,
GA27-3087.

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-3705D-Q!
Miscellaneous changes were made in several places in the manual.
Chapter 5 was changed to add paragraph 5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops
which was left out of the first edition.

"

•
•
•
•.
•

Appendix D was changed to include a type 2 co~munication scanner
routine X6F2 which was added to the type 2 communication scanner in
Release 9.0.

iii

T3705A

fEW'>

o
o
099-37050-06
SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR 099-3705D-02
This version of the manual was released via OCl.
Changes for this
version were made in Appendix A and were indicated by change bars to
the left of changed text.

SUMMARY OF

AMr~ENDMENTS

{)

FOR 099-3705D-03

Changes are incoporated in the panel line test procedures in Chapter
5.
Appendix A has been changed to reflect Configuration Data set
changes required for several RPQs.

SUMMARY OF

AMNENDr~ENTS

FOR D99-3705D-05

This edition incorporates DCl-370SD-04.
The information and error messages issued by the 1FT loader in Chapter
1 have been modified to improve clarity.
Several changes were made to Configuration Oata Set description in
Appendix A for the new models J,K,L of the 3705 and the addition of
several RPQ's.
/

The Initial Test Symptom Index in Appendix C has been changed to
reflect 20 bit data flow.
Appendix E has been added and it contains examples of IFT runs.
/

,/

T3705A

-,

iv

()

--------- -

-------------~--

-------------

~"."",.. '

o
o

•
•o
o
o
o

'II KI'·!!,,''''''

.,urP''"'''!!,"

r".Wtwl" ....."W.':!:

..

'I

"",1""""""'"111,, ,,'" '1'1' '" "" , HI' '!'W'I I "'II I '" 11'1 '"I' . ,

t

"", ...,1,.",.""

"'1.1"·1'....

""."1'11'

'w"

le,e:,.,,.,, ... ,tie,•••, "'''' ""1''''''

•

IM'"M

H,M"'" •

: It r WI

~

•

,

D99-3705D-06

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR 099-37050-06

This edition

p~ovides

an updated

Configu~ation

Data set

Desc~;ption.

In addition, the page numbers listed in the Manual Intervention
Rout;". Index have been corrected so that th~y siree with the page
numbe~s in the D99-3705E document.

•

o
o
0

••
•
•
•
•
•
•

Jf

r

~

I'

v

T3705A

----~ - - .... .JIiIII,j...... '"~

I~f '

.

0;

•

0
•

(:

~r

D99-3705D-06

0

1

,

"

{~'
,"
,Ji

II

'

~

-.

C

'

rr""'.

"...y

V'
(1-~

\il. ~J;.'
t''\

~,)Y)
/'

(

-,

This intentionally left blank.

\

T3705A

vi

I

MI

'%91""1 N!? mINt'"

'ttf trW

t
,

'nettr

'#'crr'.M»'t

jJ

tL

,

t

til

i

tiL

#' 'HI.rUdN"k

Itt'

t

'7

I

IMt, ...

Mt#fdffWWbt ttt

'.' .ttltlt"Wt''*

W

rt

H

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

CONTENTS
1.0 IFT LOADER • . • • . • . • . . • • • • • . • . • . • • • • . .
•.•..•..
1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER. . . . . . . • •
1.1.1 T370SA IFT LOADER REQUIREMENTS. . . • . . . • .
.
1.1.2 T3705A IFT LOADER USE PROCEDURES AND OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . • . .
.•..••
.
1.1.2.1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY DURING LOAD.

1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.6

2.0 DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE X3705ACA • . . . • . . . . . . . . . 2.1
2.1 X370SACA DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE. 2.1
2.1.0.1 ROUTINE SELECTION • . , • . . . . . . . . . . • . . 2.1
2.1.0.2 MANUAL INTERVENTION RduTINES.
...
• . . 2.2
2.1.0.3 ABORT CONTROL . . .
2.2
2.1.0.4 CONTROL PANEL INTERFACE. . . • .
. . 2.3
2.1.0.5 ROUTINE EXECUTION. . • • . . . .
. • . . . . 2.4
2.1.0.6 ERROR CONTROL INFORMATION. • • .
.•••
2.5
2.1.0.7 SCOPE SYNCHRONIZATION. .
. • ..
2.5
2.1.0.8 Continuing From an Error stop or Manual
Intervention stop. . • . • • . • . .
. • . • . . 2.6
2.2.1 PANEL UTILITIES. . • . . . . • • .
. . 2.6
2.2.1.1 Refresh Last DCM Display Code. . . . . • • .
2.7
2.2.1.2 Continuous Display Without Test.
. . . . 2.7
2.2.1.3 Continuous Display With Test . . . . . . • • • . . 2.9
2.2.1.4 Address Compare Display Without Test . . • . • . . 2.11
2.2.1.5 Address Compare Display With Test . • • . • . . . 2.11
2.2.1.6 Set or Display Repeat Count • • . • . . • . • • . 2.13
2.2.1.7 Set, Reset, Display CE Sense Switches . • • . . . 2.14
2.2.1.8 Setting CE Sense Switches . . • . . . . . . . . . 2.16
2.2.1.9 stop Panel utility . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 2.18
2.2.1.10 Dynamic Communications to Routines..
• • • 2.18
2.2.1.11 Display Storage or Register Contents.
. . . 2.19
2.2.2 Summary oT Display/Function Select Switch Positions • . 2.20
2.2.3 SETTING UP A SCOPING LOOP. • . • . . • . . .
.2.22
2.2.4 Determining Why The Program Display Light is Not On . . 2.23
0

•

•

•

•

••

•

• • • • •

3.0 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST. • • . • . • . . . . . • . .
• • 3.1
3.1 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE.
. 3.1
3.1.1 GENERAL STRUCTURE OF IFTS. . . . .
••....
3.1
3.2.2 DCM/IFT INTERFACE. . . . • • • • . • • . .
. . . . . 3.5
3.2.2.1 LOADING AND RUNNING THE IFTS. • . • .
. • • • • 3.5
3.2.2.2 DATA SET NAME AND 1FT FUNCTION CHART.
. • • • . 3.7
3.3.1 REQUESTING AND TERMINATING IFTS . . • . . . • . . • • . 3.8
3.3.2 USING THE SYMPTOM INDEX FOR IFTS • . . . .
.3.10
3.3.2.1 Manual Intervention Routine Index. . .
. • . 3.14
3.3.2.2 Symptom Index Mask Field And Register Usage • • . 3.14
3.3.2.3 Type 3 Communication Scanner IFT Sync Point Aid .3.14
4.0 INITIAL TEST X3705ADA • . . . . . . . . . •
4.1 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION • .

4.1
• . 4.1

Table of Contents

•
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

0

•

0

099-37050-06

(-.:
4.1.1 INITIAL TEST LOAD PROCEDURE • • . . • • • • . • • • • •
4.1.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER LOADER UTILITY.
.•
4.1.1.2 T370SA On-LINE TEST LOADER. • . . • • •
.
4.1.1.3 Remote Program Lo~der
.•..••••••••
4.1.2 NORMAL RUN INDICATIONS . . . . • . • • . • • •
••
4.1.2.1 CE OPTIONS. • . . . . . • . .
. •.•
4.1.3.1 ASORT ROUTINE AND CONTINUE TESTING. . • • .
.
4.1.4.1 FAILURE INDICATIONS . . • . . . . . • • • • • • •
4.1.5.1 HOW TO USE THE INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX . • . •
4.1.6.1 TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS..
.•.
• ..••

4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.5
4.5
4.6
4.8

5.0 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL . . . . . . • . . • • . • . • • • • • • 5.1
5.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST DESCiIPTION AND PURPOSE. • .
. • 5.1
5.1.1 T3705L Panel Line Test Requirements . . . • . . . • • . • 5.1
5.2 T3705L Panel Line Test Operating Procedures.
• . • . • 5.1
5.2.1 Definition of Display A & B During Test. • . . • •
5.6
. . . • . . . . • 5.8
5.3 Test Function Charts. . . . .
5.3.1 Test Function Chart 1 . • • • . . •
. • • • . • 5.8
5.3.2 Test Function Chart 2 • • . . • . . . • • . . • • • 5.11
S.3.3 Test Function Chart 3 • . • • . . • •
• . • . . 5.14
5.3.4 Test Function Chart 4 . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . S.16
5.4 LTS DESCRIPTION. • . . • • .
.••
.••
. • • 5.18
5.5 Test Examples . • . . . . • • . . . . • • • . • • .
• .S.20
5.5.1 Write Data to IBM 2770 (BSC Lines)
, • • . • . • . • S.20
5.5.2 Reading From an IBM 2770 and Accumulating CRC.
• .5.22
5.5.3 Re~din9 Data With A Two Character Compare. • .
. .5.23
5.5.4 Addressing An IBM 10S0 (S/S Terminal) Using Buffer 0
and 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24
5.5.4.1 Addressing An IBM 10S0 (Continued) . . . . . . . . 5.26
5.5.5 Sending to and Receiving from a S/S Terminal CIBM
2741 or IBM 3767). . . . . . . • • . . . . • • •
• .5.27
5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops . . . • . •
. • . • 5.28
APPENDIX A.
CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION • .
• • • A.1
A.1 Configuration Data Set Part 1 .
. ..••.•.
. • A.1
A.1.1 Range Definition . . • • • . . . . • • . .
A.S
A.2.0 Channel Ad~pter Blocks . . . • • . • . • .
A.9
A.2.1.0 First Channel Adapter Definition - Block C -.
A.9
A.2.1.1 CCU Definition - Block A - . • • . . • . • • • • • A .10
A.2.1.2 Second Channel Adapter Definition - Block C .A.12
A.2.1.3 Third Channel Adapter - Block C - Second Machine
Frame . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • A.13

A.2.1.4 Fourth Type·4 Channel Ad~pter - Block C - Second
Machine Frame . • • . • . . • • • . . . • . . . . • . . • A.13
A.2.1.S First Communication Scanner Definition - Block D.A.14
A.2.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Second Scanner
Block E . . . . . • • . . . . . . • • • • • . • • • . • . .A.IS
A.2.3 Symbolic CDS Entry for Communication Scanners 3 and 4.A.20
A.2.3.1 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Third
Scanner Block E . . . . • . • . . . • • . . . • • • • • • A.21

Table of Contents

viii

0
0
0
0
0
0
(j

/
\,

J

\,

)

rid'lt'WI

0

'M.

d

N

'.

0

•
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

099-37050-06

A.2.3.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Fourth
Scannner Block E . • . • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • . . A.22
A.2.4.l Symbolic CDS Entry Communication Scanners 3 and
4. • . • • . . • . •
• • A.25
A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR . . • . . • • . . . • . . • • •
.A.26
A.4 Unit Configurator Under OLTSEP and OLTEP • • • • • • • • . • A.29
A.4.1 Operator Messages. . • . • • • •
• •••••
.A.29
APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX .

· B.1

APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX.

• C.l

APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX • • • • • • .
0.1 IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION
ROUTINES. . . • . . . . • • • • . • • • . • • • • • •
•
D.2 IBM 3705 storage IFT Manual Intervention Routines • • • •
D.3 IBM 3705 Type 1 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • . . •
0.4 IBM 3705 Type 2 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • . . • •
·
D.5 IBM 3705 Type 3 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines..
• ••.••.

D.4

APPENDIX E.

E.1

1FT RUN EXAMPLES • •

D.l
0.1
D.l
D.1
0.2

o

•
•
•
•
•
•

Table of Contents

»

#

--

----=---~-~~-- -~--~-~-~-------- ~....=.: --~---.--.--"':":":"'----'-::----.....-.

--

---~------=--=---~--------------~-----=- ----.::.-=-------~

--

0

~.

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

D99-370SD-06

0
C
0\
I

'

,)

~l}1

0

1

,~

\4.J

{;

0
iif"',

I

\Jt.J'

This intentionaily left blank.

,

Table of contents

x

,,7

NMttf!I"

"

+

o
o

•
•o
o
o

o
o
o

t U 9 "t'"tfW,"liI',",rc,,!IH"W'WOOngl!fl 'ff!',nUH'M'Vt'9*"MI #!!tf

•

!l11/W"!

H'H!!mlllllIJU1'ttUKftllcIt!!ltiU

'''''it'

'1

Inj

'+L%

";

~,

'A"

I' 11,

tlffl!'

,

'WIn

Ii

Y I'UU' M UtI +'

'OJ!!'

..

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A

099-37050-06

1.0 IFT LOADER
1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER
The 1FT Loader (T3705A) executes in the host CPU under contr~:l<{fo;~>"the'
on-line test executive (OLTEP/OLTSEP) and controls loading dia.nostic
programs into 3705 main storage.
T3705A in the host and ROS cod~·~in
the 3705 cause the first module X3705AAA (type 1 or type 4 Channel
Adapter) or X3705ABA (type 2 or type 3 Channel Adapter) to be loaded
beginning at stor~ge location X'00400'.
Control of the 3705 is passed
to the module and either the Initial Test or the Diagnostic Control
Module loads into the 3705 depending upon the request made to
OLTEP/OLTSEP in the options field.
(next=nynn" causes the Initjal
Test to load and "ext=nnnn" causes the DeM to load.)
The IFT Loader has a built-in error loop.
The program is assembled
with a retry count of 10. This count can be modified, using·the £L
(N) option available through OLTEP or OLTSEP.
If, during the retry,
the operation is successful, the IFT Loader continues to load the 1FT.
If the retry count is exhausted, the loading of the IFT ;s aborted.
1.1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER REQUIREMENTS
When the IFT Loader is under control of DOS/OLTEP, the timer
assigned to the partition in which OLTEP is executing.

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

'1rilis:t:'::b_

The type 1 or type 4 Channel Adapter Loader X3705AAA and the type 2
or type 3 Channel Adapter Loader X3705ABA attempt to disable the 3705
interface with a diagnostic DISABLE command each time the Initial
Test, the DCM, or an IFT is loaded.
The 'clock out' line must drop
before the 3705 can go off-line. This line drops when the host CPU
STOP push button is pressed or when the CPU enters the wait state.
The IFT Loader depends upon 'clock out' dropping so the 3705 can go
off-line automatically. An operating situation under OS or DOS could
result in maximum use of the cpu.
This situation delays the wait
state and inhibits the running of the IFTs until the 3705 goes,
off-l i ne. Dur i ng thi s time, the OL T pri nts a message i ndi cat i'n'g 'that
it ;s waiting for the 3705 to disable its channel interface.
At the
same time, the 3705 loaders display an equivalent code in the display
lights.
Refer to "Description of the Panel Displays at the 3705
During Load".

IFT Loader

T3705A Page No. 1.1

K'M! ''d'I'"

II'"!

ie

&'

•

..

0

0
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A

D99-370SD-06

('

-0
'--

1.1.2 T3705A IFT LOADER USE PROCEDURES AND OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Error printouts occur when the IFT Loader detects an error.
The print
out contains all pertinent information about the error that can be
obtained by the IFT Loader.
Bypass Printing Channel Errors option
inhibits the error printout.
Refer to the DOS OLTEP SRL,
GC24-5086, the IBM System/360 Operating System On-line Test Executive
Program, GC28-6650, or the OLTSEP Operator's Guide, D99-SEPDT for a
descript~on of the error printoOts.
Various operator-type messages can appear during operation of the
1FT loader.
The messages provide operator guidance in getting
diagnostic programs into 3705 main storage.
•

THE STATUS OF THE 3705 CANNOT BE DETERMINED.
**WARNING**
CONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME UNAVAILABLE.
ENTER 'C' TO CANCEL OR 'P' TO PROCEED.

The OLT cannot
3705.
If the OLT
in 3705 storage.
responding with a

'c'

rid,

or
rid, 'P'

determine the status (offline or stopline) of the
is allowed to continue, the OLT destroys the program
The CE has the responsibility for continuing by
"C" or "P", as follows:

'ttl
0;
O~
-~

'~j,"

C'
(C
~-''\

(

(for Cancel)
(for Proceed)

Any other response results in the program repeating the last line
of the above message.
If, after five responses, the program has not
received either a C or P, it prints:
INVALID RESPONSE AFTER 5 REQUESTS.
The program assumes the response of 'C' and terminates the OLT.
~

ALL 3705 ADDRESSES ARE NOT STOPPED OR OFFLINE.
**WARNING**
CONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME UNAVAILABLE.
ENTER 'c' TO CANCEL, 'P' TO PROCEED, OR 'R' TO RETRY.

,

/

The OLT has been notified by the executive that all 3705 addresses
are not oTfline or stopped.
If the OLT ;s allowed to continue, it
destroys the contents and operational characteristics of the 3705.
The CE ;s given the opportunity to make all addresses available to the
OLT using standard system facilities.
He also has the responsibility

Page No.

1.2

T3705A

-~---~-----------------------------------~-~---

IFT Load.r

o!

,.01114' '!.+iU' 11'1: "

u
o

•

"'"

ttHW'tMtfLur!!ti!$ '( 't

I

+snrrttrl&ri±tb**'

"1

be

i..

PH'

±td

"'HlI··tllINe

w ,..

•

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST lOADER T3705A

099-37050-06

for continuing by responding with a 'C', 'P', or 'R', as follows:
r id,

'c' (for Cancel)

or
r id,'P'
or
r id, 'R'

o
o
o

(for Proceed)
(for Retry)

The difference between a 'P' and 'R' response is (1) P means
PROCEED, regardless of the offline or online status of the 3705
address and (2) R means that the operator has been taking the
addresses offline an4 wants the program to verify that all units are
now available to the OlT.
Any other response results in the program repeating the last line
of the above message.
If, after five responses, the program has not
received either a C, P, or R, it will print:
INVALID RESPONSE AFTER 5 REQUESTS
The program assumes the response of

'e'

and terminates the OlT.

BAD RC YY FROM XXXXXXX

o

i·

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

The IFT loader has requested a function of the executive driver, and
the driver is incapable of performing the request.
This may be
because of an invalid parameter list or an error that occurred while
the executive driver was performing the request.
XXXXXXX is the name
of the function being requested, and YY is the code returned by the
executive program.
The XXXXXXX field is filled by the IFT loader to
give the name of the requested function.
This message is a diagnostic
programming aid.
If it occurs, a dump and other available information
should be submitted with an APAR (Authorized Program Analysis Report).
Following messages are available on hard copy to describe failures
and the operation that was attempted when a failure occurs:
BAD CC SIO
FAILED TO INTRPT
BAD STATUS ON SIO

IFT loader

T3705A Page No. 1.3

!

#r

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A

D99-3705D-06

NOP CMD FOR 3705 LOAD BUTTON

o

RD CMD FOR IFT REQ
WRT CMD TO WRITE DATA
WRT CMD FOR LAST BLOCK
WRT IPL CMD SENDING LOADER
WRT CMD SENDING CONTROL WORD
If the oeM has already been loaded, the program indicates that the
CE can make a request at the 3705.
If the DCM has not been loaded,
the program starts over by requesting the CE to press the LOAD push
button on the 3705.
PRESS LOAD ON 3705
This message occurs when the IFT Loader is initially started or in the
event of loss of control.
It constitutes the beginning of the IFT
Loader and provides the synchronization between the 3705 and the host

cpu.

The CE is allowed approximately 30 seconds to press the LOAD push
button at the 3705.
This message repeats every 30 seconds until the
LOAD push button is p~essed.
AWAITING 3705 INTERFACE DISABLE
The IFT Loader has transferred an IFT to the 3705 and is waiting for
the 3705 to go off-line.
This message repeats every 20 seconds until
the 3705 channel interface is disabled and the 3705 begins executing
the IFT.
If this message occurs continuouslY and the IFT'S are not
executing, the 3705 is either un~ble to go off-line after the IFT'S
have been loaded, or unable to get back on-line after the IFT'S have
completed execution. A CPU-bound system can cause this problem.
Pressing the STOP and then the START push buttons on the CPU
console drops the 'clock out' line long enough for the 3705 to go
off-line.
Entering the wait state accomplishes this also.

Page No.

1.4

T3705A

IFT Loader

/

'\

/

"\

/

~,

()

._n_..

~~:_ _~'~'''_!'''_''h!_MQ_",'_.'''_'.''_'*'_1H._"W_",,_
...._w._"H.'~"'''_,~~~~~~~~--~~~~~~_ _ _ _

o

_"_,,~I~~________________~_______

o

•o
o

o
o
o
o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE OIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST lOAOER T3705A

099-37050-06

ENTER IFT REQUEST AT 3705
The IFT loader has loaded the OCM in the 3705, and the OCM should now
be ready for an IFT request.
3705 lOADEO WITH IFT X3705@@@
This message appears when an IFT module has been successfully
transferred to the 3705 without any errors being detected.
X3705@@@ is the IO of the IFT module that was loaded.
Refer to
"Data Set Name and IFT Function Chart", in this section, for module
IDs assigned to the IFTs.
ERP USED ON MOD X3705@@@
Each output operation to the 3705 is attempted up to ten times (unless
modified by option El (N) ), if an error occurs.
If the operation
being attempted is performed before the count ;s exhausted, the OlT
considers the data transfer successful and continues loading the 1FT.
This message warns the CE that errors occurred while loading the 1FT.
X3705@@@ IN ERROR,ABORT lOAD

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

This message occurs when the retry count (normally 10) is exhausted
and the error is still occurring. The IFT loader assumes loss of
control and restarts at the beginning.
Refer to the printout nERP
USED ON MOD X3705@aa".
WAITING FOR 1FT COMPLETION
This message occurs every 20 seconds after an 1FT has been loaded in
the 3705. Most of the IFTs disable the 3705. The 1FT Loader is in a
loop issuing a NOP command to the 3705. If it receives condition code
(CC)=03, 3705 interface not enabled, it prints this message and waits
another 20 seconds. When the 1FT enables the 3705, the 1FT Loader
continues running.
INVALID PLINK MOD
The 1FT loader has detected an error in the requested module - an
address in the module was on an odd boundary. The 1FT Loader returns
to the read command to allow the CE to enter another request at the

1FT Loader

T3705A Page No. 1.5

0
0
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A

D99-3705D-06

(-,":r),.,

\~j>

3705.
MOD X3705@@@ NOT IN OLTLIB

0

The 1FT Loade~ has ~eceived an 1FT ~equest th~ough a Read command, but
the cha~acte~s ~eceived do not ~equest a module contained in OLTLIB.
The 1FT Loade~ ~etu~ns to the read command to allow the CE to ente~
anothe~ ~equest at the 3705.

(}
(l~

Refe~

to "Requesting IFTs", in this section,
entering the 1FT ~equest at the 3705.

fo~

info~mation

on

\

~J

A"-'"

If the ~equest is valid, the 1FT module name X3705@@@ must be added
to the OLTEP/OLTSEP Libra~y before the 1FT can be loaded.

'I-.l-P

/AIf--"",

?
No
Yes

(.:

o
o

I

The IFT has detected an error and an error code is displayed.
The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the
1FT Symptom Index to see.

I
T

I

Symptom
Index

Page
No

0
0

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9

D99-370SE
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-370SE
D99-370SE

1.1
2.1
3.1
4.1
5 .. 0.1
6.0.1
7.0.1
8.1

0

0
0
0

0
0

Is T equal to 1 or 2 (display B first Hex digit>?
No
Yes

I
A pretest error or a error common to the IFT routines has
been detected; 1 indicates pretest, 2 indicates common error.
The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the
IFT Symptom Index to see.
I
T
I
Symptom
Page
Index
No
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9

D99-370SE
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-370SE
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E

(r~

~_/

r
'j-

1.17
2.3
3.4
4.18
5.0.150
6.2.1
7.1.272
8.38
,/'

Page No.

3.12

X3705BAA - JBA

"

Internal Functional Tests

o

\

I

'W! ", "MNM""M

,"rIpp'

Lt

."WII'"'' I.'!'W

.,

1M'

1 ,

H

fl'!lII""···W'NM"-MMhIIMf'w""W.'"

' ..-IMPN"·.. •

M

N

=++ •

o

o

•
•o
o
o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

Is T equa! to E (disp!ay B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes

I

Information is being disp!ayed.
errors or correct operation.

I

T

I

Symptom
Index

Page
No

E

1
5
6
7

D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E

1.23
5.1.73
6.2.2
7.1.267

E

E
E

o

I
I
I

•
•
•

The disp!ay indicates either

Is T equa! to F (disp!ay B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes
A

•
•

D99-3705D-06

manua! intervention stop code is being disp!ayed.

T

I

Symptom
Index

F
F
F
F

1
5
6
7

D99-370SE
D99-370SE
D99-3705E
D99-3705E

Page
No
1.23
5.2.1
6.2.3
7.1.268

Is T equa! 6 or 7 (disp!ay B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes
I
I
I
See paragraph 2.2.1.6 "Set or Disp!ay Repeat Count".
I
This disp!ay is from that DeM pane! uti!ity.
I

Interna! Functiona! Tests

X370SBAA - JBA

Page No. 3.13

.M.'k+

o
o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

D99-3705D-06

(

'

_ II'

o
Is T equal to 9
No
Yes

I
I
I
I
I

A (display B

fi~st

Hex digit)?

I
See pa~agraph 2.2.1.6 "Set, Reset, Display CE Sense
Switches.
This display is from that DCM panel utility.

Is T equal to B
No
Yes

I
I
I
I
I

o~

o~

D (display B first Hex digit)?

I
See paragraph 2.2.1.9 "Dynamic Communication To
Routines.
This display is from that DCM panel utility.

Ensure that the oeM and IFT loaded properly and that the
required conditions described prior to this procedure were met.
3.3.2.1 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX
An index of manual intervention routines is located in Appendix D.
This index is a reference to D99-370SE Symptom Indexes as an aid in
locating manual intervention routines.
No running or setting up
instructions are provided in this Appendix.

o
o

o
c

c
\~-j

3.3.2.2 SYMPTOM INDEX MASK FIELD AND REGISTER USAGE
The "mask" field specifies the bits being tested.
A "0" indicates
that bit position is not checked.
If the symptom index lists a "mask"
field for X'14, X'15', and X'16', the following contents are standard
for the registers:
Register X'14' Contains the bits being tested.
Register X'lS' Contains the bits in register X'14' in error.
Register X'lb' Contains the bit pattern expected in register X'14'.
3.3.2.3 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER IFT SYNC POINT AID
Each time the type 3 communication scanner 1FT branches to the
subroutine to check the PCF/EPCF state, register X'1B' is loaded with
the address of the number of character times the subroutine waits for
the expected PCF/EPCF state.
This address can be used with the
address sync capability to provide oscilliscope synchronization points
at various addresses in the routine.

Page No.

3.14

X370SBAA - JBA

Internal Functional Tests
:l~~)
II'

()

.!

'

g"!d!"'W"¥'''WMYftMM"W'''! """M"'2

I

I

Hi'

!

'J

!

{II

!

Hlb!I5

H

g'

I

H!I!fUKf'1tI1ItIWI't'W/0,\I\ZY

W'N'dLHMrl

ill' ft:!lLttlrl'IF'fHW'''''"tNiN[![

lim

lIlIH.!!

II un

lin'''

II

II

II

'I"

i

tAn 'r!'

'N'H

I'"' '0

n

!

H

Q

!!

J

,,!!!!

11 011"

IT"

o

•
•
•
C)

o

o
o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370sAAA - X370sJBA

099-37050-06

To use this facility, display register X'lB' at any error stoP.
The address in register X'lB' is two bytes less than the address of
the branch and link instruction to the subroutine that tests the state
of the PCF/EPCF.
Type 3 communication scanner service aids are described in detail
in IBM 3705 Communications Scanner Theory Maintenance t-'~nual,
SY27-0l07.
Refer to these service aids for specific examples for
using this facility.
Attempts to calculate addresses for later sync points in the
subroutine may lead to unstable results because of the looping in the
subroutine and the uncertainity of addresses within the subroutine.

o

I
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

Internal Functional Tests

X370sBAA - JBA

Page No. 3.15

HI

dm Will.. 'In ",

I

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

099-37050-06

o

o
o

c
c
This intentionally left blank.

Page No.

3.16

X3705BAA - JBA

Internal Functional Tests

()

o

~!#l!!J!

II

J

'!lY'

y-••••''''"

t

b±Hmt't

'1M

e. "

.'

MN'"

IfeN!"'"

po · "...If

'fAlPP'W

e

''''P i1wM"W N

"*9'I!I,'''' W

'f·'

[9

'If

!If'

"HIIWM"W _ _ ".WUMMIlL

ew' 'H'.

"[1ft.

"

"'N".

o

•
•
•o
o
o

o

•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

...'w· ......• 'W'.

",

!MIIHW'YM

'''IIIlLW'''Bt

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

4.0 INITIAL TEST X3705ADA
4.1 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION
The 3705 Initial test diagnostic program provides functional testing
of the instruction set in each of the five program levels, starting
with program level one, then program level two, and so on through
program level five.
Each instruction is tested for the:
a)

Proper instruction decode.

b)

Proper CZ latch setting and resetting.

c)

Proper ALU function.

Storage addressing capability is tested by storing a unique pattern
at each location in storage, starting at the end of Initial Test and
continuing to the last storage location.
Storage is then scanned to
see that none of the locations were modified.
The functions tested in each routine are listed in the Symptom
Index along with appropriate critical register values and the expected
CZ latch settings.
At the beginning of this test the functional areas in the CCU
hardware, previously tested by the ROS bootstrap program code, are
assumed to be operational.
4.1.1 INITIAL TEST LOAD PROCEDURE
The initial test, if not optioned out, is loaded by the Type 1 CA
Loader (I.D. X3705AAA) or the Type 2 CA Loader (I.D. X3705ABA) or the
Remote Loader Feature and executed prior to loading either the control
program or the diagnostic control module (DCM).
4.1.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER LOADER UTILITY
1.

The loader program must be initiated in the host CPU, refer
to either the IBM 3705 Communications Controller Emulation
Generation and utilities Guide and Reference Manual,
GC30-3002 or the IBM 3705 Communications Controller Network

Initial Test Description

X3705ADA

Page No. 4.1

-~-~~~--~~~--,-

---'

~----------------,------------'~-

o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

Control Progr~m Generation and utilities Guide and
Reference r1~nual, GC30-3000 for instructions on initiating
the lo~der program.

2.

3705 Power must be on

3.

The MODE SELECT and DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL switches must be in
the PROCESS position.

4.

The appropriate channel interface must be enabled.

5.

The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch may be in any position
for this load.
However, the STATUS position is suggested.

C:

o
o

o
o

4.1.1.2 T3705A ON-LINE TEST LOADER

1.

The CPU OLT load program must be initiated in the host CPU.
the OLT loader operating instructions.

2.

3705 power must be on.

3.

The MODE SELECT and DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL switches must be in the
PROCESS position.

4.

The appropriate channel interface must be enabled.

5.

The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch should be in the STATUS
position to load the DCM directly.
See the CE options for other
possible switch settings.

6.

(J

See

c
II.Ji..

The LOAD push button must be pressed.

4.1.1.3 REMOTE PROGRAM LOADER
1.

The Remote Loader Feature must be installed.

2.

A correctly written disk media must be available.

3.

Refer to Chapter 1.2 the Remote Diagnostic Loader Manual, P/N
1857403, for IPL procedures.

Page No.

4.2 X3705ADA-AEA

Initial Test Description

"\

lIl!.44ld* L

"I

J

ItIb'W,nn.'.W'''''''''w""wP''.', "H"'!". ,

"';'t'f' hh1'dtitl{ 1M ""H'Ht'H1 Wilt

9' t,

'Ot

'Hili" "MH"'IUUM!'

QUit!

Ii

I' i'iff'

'M" II!

'ft WI!hii ·"/i'Hlldll,,'tI[j"NI'

I

!

",

f'

J

d'"

W'

h'

\ \

i f '

hH"

'[

I!MI!'K M" "

o

•
•o

o
o
o
o
o
e

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

4.1.2 NORMAL RUN INDICATIONS
During a normal control program load or DCM load, the following
indications signal correct operation:
1.

The Entered Interrupt Level panel lights switches from one
to five sequentially as the Initial Test routines are run
in that level.
The level one light turns on again prior to
loading the control program or DCM.

2.

These panel indicators are on during the Initial Test:
PROGRAM DISPLAY
TEST
LOAD

If the DISPLAY/FUNCTION switch is set to any of the CE option
positions (FUNCTION 1-6) the routine number is dynamically displayed
in display B, byte 0, and the active program level is displayed in
byte I, bits 4-7.
CAUTION:
Due to the rate of progression through the Initial Test
routines, the routine number displayed (display B byte 0) may not be
visible.
4.1.2.1 CE OPTIONS
The following options are available to the CE for trouble shooting
failures:

4.1.2.1.1 loop On Program Level
Loop on Program level allows the CE to loop the Initial Test under
control of the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch.
DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
SWITCH POSITION
1

2

Initial Test Description

RESULTS

loop program level 1

"

"

"2

X3705ADA

Page No. 4.3

"am 0'

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

3
4
5
6

Any Other

"

"
"

"
"
"

"
"
"

o
o·

c

3

4
5

loop all program levels
Run test once through and
request the next program.

o
4.1.2.1.2 Loop On Error
Loop on Error allows the CE to loop the given routine from the
location where the error was detected back to the start of the
routine.
If, on the next pass through the routine an error does not
occur, the program will loop from the end of the given routine back to
the start.
This method tests for intermittent errors.

\( )1
~'

To Loop on an error after the program stops to display the second
error display data, set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION
5, place the address of the output X'70' instruction that indic~ted
the error in the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches and press the
START push button.
See Failure Indications on how the address of the
output X'70' instruction is derived.
The program takes the address
entered in the data switches and overlays that h~lfword with a NOP
instruction to prevent additional Hard stops and allows looping_
To Exit the loop, momentarily move the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch to any position other than 5.
The overlayed output X'70'
instruction is restored.

4.1.2.1.3 Display RoutiMe Starting Address
This option allows the CE to display in display A the starting address
of the routine in which the error occurred.
When the program stops to display the second error display data and
it is desired to display the starting address of the routine, set the
DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 5, place the address of the

Page No.

4.4 X3705ADA-AEA

Initial Test Description

(

)

()

I

tte

d

t' 'V't'd"m

o

•
•
•o
o
o
o

o

I

i'

'I'

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

output X'70' instruction instruction in the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER
DATA switches, add X'OOOl' to the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switch
sett i ng and press the START push. button.
Thi s turns on a flag to the
program which causes the program to stop again with the starting
address displayed in display A.
Display bit 1.3 is on at this time to indicate that this option ;s
active.
Once the starting address has been recorded, either exercise the
loop on error option by pressing the START push button again or
continue testing by setting the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to any
position other than 5 and pressing the start pushbutton.
4.1.3.1 ABORT ROUTINE AND CONTINUE TESTING
If a programmed stop occurs and it is not desired to either "Loop on
Error" or "Display Routine Starting Address", set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION
SELECT switch to any position except FUNCTION 5 and press the START
push button.
This aborts the current routine and continues testing.
4.1.4.1 FAILURE INDICATIONS

\

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

If an error is detected during execution of Initial Test the Wait,
Hard stop, and Program stop indicators turn on.
The error is one of
two types:
1.

CCU Check.
These are hardware detected errors, seen in Display A
with the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch in the STATUS position.
If a CCU CHECK is detected, it could be a result of the function
being tested or it could be a failure of the hardware used to do
the testing.
Consult the CCU CHECK Analysis Flowchart IBM 3705
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER THEORY MAINTENANCE MANUAL, SY27-0l07,
Page 0-020) for information and procedure concerning failure.

2.

Programmed stop (No CCU CHECK).
Initial Test does an output
X'70' (hard stop) to report an error.

a.

If a Programmed stop occurs and the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch is in FUNCTION 1 through 6 display B contains in
byte 0 the current routine number (RR) and in byte one bits
4 - 7 the current program level (N).

Initial Test Description

X3705ADA

Page No. 4.5

o
c'
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

099-37050-06

At this time the CE should record the value of IAR for the current
program level, the setting of the CZ latches, and if appropriate the
value of register X'S' "nd/or register X'7'.
(Refer to expected
results in indicated routine to see if register X'S' and/or register
X'7' is used).
Current program level is displayed in display B, byte
1, bits 4-7 with DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch in position one
through 6.
General Register 0 is the IAR of the current program level.

b.

Subtract two from the IAR value to get the address of the
out stop instruction that indicated the error. This value
will be needed for Loop on Error and Display Starting
Address options.

c.

Press the START push button to display error codes.

d.

Select the desired CE option.

4.1.5.1 HOW TO USE THE INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX
Data displayed in display B defines the routine number, type of error
data in display A, and the current program level under test.

./

,

Page No.

4.6 X3705ADA-AEA

/

Initial Test Description

f

,

c~

I
, »

~.-

'"

#1

gift rl'

'

l l

Lk

db

t

t

,

zzI

t'

\

II',

'H

!'

H1n' 'MLi

t

""

If

!

II

'f

0

biH!d!

!h""!II'*rl"'f"fW""H Y

n"

'UWW'fH'HI#I!+

n w'

o

•
•
•

D99-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 370S INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

DIS

0

0
0

•o
•

P

LAY

B

BYTE X

BYTE 0

BYTE I

Bits
67

Bits
o123 l +S6 7

Bits
01234567

00

XXXXXXXX

OOOXXXXX
N

T

R

R

RR

= Routine Number

T

= Type of Display Data in Display A
0000 = Error Code or Looping count.
0001 = Starting Address of Routine.

N

I

= Program Level in which error occurred.
1000
0100
0010
0001
0000

=
=
=
=
=

Program
Program
Program
Program
Program

Level
Level
Level
Level
Level

1
2
3
4
5

Since the majority of the Initial Test routines run under all f;ve
program levels, the Symptom Index refers to a general register for a
program level without listing its Hex value.
The following chapt
converts a general register R into its Hex value depending on the
value of "N" as previously defined.

•
•
•
•
•
•

"N" PROGRAM
LEVEL
1000
0100
0010
0001
0000

1

2
3
4
S

RO
(IAR)

Rl

R2

X'OO' X'Ol' X'02'
X'OO' X'Ol' X'02'
X'OB' X'09' X'OA'
X'lO' X'll' X'12'
X'lB' X'19' X'lA'

R3
X'03'
X'03'
X'OB'
X'13'
X'lB'

R4

RS

X'04'
X'04'
X'OC'
X'14'
X'lC'

X'OS'
X'OS'
X'OD'
X'lS'
X'lD'

R6

R7

X'06'
X'06'
X'OE'
X'16'
X'lE'

X'07'
X'07'
X'OF'
X'17'
X'lF'

Data displayed in display A defines either the error code, looping
count or the routine starting address.

Initial Test Description

X370SADA

Page No. 4.7

'/,m

Or
( '"

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION

.,. ,r

o
If the program stop light is not on, the data in Display A equals
the looping count.
If the program stop light is on and display B byte
1, bit 3 is not on, the data in display A equals the error code.
DISPLAY A
BYTE X
6 7
o 0

BYTE 0
1 234 567
o 0 X X 0 0 0 0

o

BYTE 1
o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
o 0 XX XX XX

'e\

~

If byte 0 bit 2 or 3 is on, the error code is common to
many routines and is listed in the back of the Initial
Test Symptom Index.

,:

.

4.1.6.1 TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS
The majority of the Initial Test routines are straight line code (no
looping or subroutines). As a result, by taking the address of a
given output X'70' instruction and displaying the starting address of
that routine, the CE can use the address compare interrupt capability
to pin point the failing instruction.
The Symptom Index supplies the
critical data and expected CZ latches.

'\
",'"

"

(1

..

\::,

j

!'

"

I

-·.··7

(~~
j'

Page No.

4.8 X3705ADA-AEA

Initial Test Description

(-)
#

\,

~_/

(")

1

~~

o

I. IJ"W,.'·P·'''M. t'

•
•
•o
o
o
o
e

•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

'""

"f'U II pt'jHff"

tWW'k!lMtII'

'KW'IW Mltl

w

"/LW,u!:IIJI-HIf',* Me.

i

WP

UW,",,,M' f'!!'HlN 51f1HdWlt NY' fblhMiWM''fw'NM'H'ff'l\wNrN'''' N!"Ndl , IILIfWMfHwwW9'"

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

hIH"·ft!d"Pftf!'dlNWOW

HHN.WI".""",.,,,,

t

D99-3705D-06

5.0 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L
5.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE
Panel line test T3705L is a standalone version of the Network Control
Program 4 (NCP4) line test function.
This test ;s similar to the
Emulation Program (EP) panel line test.
This routine may be used when
neither He? nOr EP is available to test the communications line via
the IBM 3705 control panel.
This test supports start-stop and Bse
lines attached to the type 2 communication scanner and BSC line
attached to the type 3 communication scanner.
This test is capable of:
Sending characters continuously •
Addressing a terminal and looking for a valid response.
Polling a terminal and receiving data.
Originating an Autocall operation.
Handling an Autoanswer operation.
The CE has responsibility for entering a line address, the set mode
data, building a selection/polling control character scheme, and
building a data stream for the test.
5.1.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST REQUIREMENTS
This test requires a dedicated IBM 3705 Communications Controller.
Line configuration (CDS) is not required for this test.
This test
does not run under control of the diagnostic control module (DCM).
Valid addresses must be entered for line testing.
5.2 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST OPERATING PROCEDURES
The following steps explain how to load and run T3705L panel line
test:
1.

Press the LOAD push button on the IBM 3705.

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.1

t#tc l

o
D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

c
2.

Respond to the DEV/TEST/OPTIONS
CPU console with

message at the host

Ol,'xxx/t3705l/nfe,ext=nnny/'

~

Whe~e

~equest

xxx is the IBM 3705 channel

add~ess.

FFFF 3.

The test light should come on when the test is loaded and
~eady to execute.
Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT Switch to
FUNCTION 1 to ente~ the test options.
Display A and B
should contain X'FFFF'.

OOFl 4.

Set STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA Switch B to 1 and p~ess
the INTERRUPT push button. Display A should contain
X'OOFl'.
Ente~ the line ~dd~ess to be tested as XYYY and
p~ess the START push button.
Where YYY represents the desired line ABAR address ( ex:
0840 ) and x indicates one of the following;

c
c
, -'
C

Switch B = 0 if testing a type 2 communication scanner.
Switch B = 8 if testing a type 3 communication scanner.
Switch B = C if testing a type 3 communication scanner
with 'new sync' lead in the line being tested.

00F2 5.

Di splay A should contai n X' OOF2'.· Enter the set mode data,
LCD, and PCF turn character as follows:

c

STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA
Switches
BCD
E
PCF (turn character)
C = transmit turn RTS off
D = transmit turn RTS on

/

LCD (see table)
Set mode data

(s~e

table)

()
Page No. 5.2

T370SL

Panel Line Test
,f"I

J...

'\.:j'

~

!"lff'

*"

I Hii,ldMt+ ttr¥trldr#±l

jl

i

'fWtII/' ••'P'!lMW'.W"'f • • •W ... 'af!lll'.1fII It'WlIb*M'fiI" III

'¥eM IUrlfI'!"NttlLKW'f"WlMt !"YUufl"fllM'H!m"'C

H!'¥"W'H"td! ,

f'

'f

r

"

L!

til "1M'

ttl

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

!

4,H!

Mb

Switch
B
C

o

o

o
o

0
1

o
o
o

2
3

o

4

1
2

8
0
0

4

0

Description
Select Oscillator 0
Select Oscillator 1
Select Oscillator 2
Select Oscillator 3
Data Rate Select
External Clock
Synchonous Clock
Data Terminal Ready
Diagnostic

Table of LCDs

•:

Type 2 Communication
Scanner
Hex
0
1

I

,

Definition
SS 9/6

"

2
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B

C
D

E
F

SS 8/5
Autocall
SS 9/7
SS 10/7
SS 10/8
SS 11/8
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
BSC EBCDIC
BSC USASCII
Reserved
Feedback Check

Type 3 Communication
Scanner
Hex
4
5
6

Definiti.on
EBCDIC
ASCII
XPHT ASCII

Press the START push button.
OOF3 6 ..

Display A should contain X'OOF3'.
SYN/PAD characters as follows:

Enter the control and

Switches
BCD E

Panel Line Test

r

099-3705D-06

Table of SET MODE DATA

o
o
o

•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

ill'r

T3705L

Page No. 5.3

!

hltt!l!ht

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

Autocall
Monitor RI
Duplex
Half Duplex

2 0 X X
lOX X
o 8 X X

o

0 X X

Where XX represents a SYN character for BSC operation, or
PAD characters for start stoP.
Press the START push button.
OOF4 7.

This step only if Autocall or Duplex was specified in Step
6. Display A should contain X'OOF4', enter the Autocall
line address.
Press the START push button.

OOFS 8.

This step only if Autocall or Duplex was specified in Step
6.
Display A should contain X'OOF5'.
Enter the Duplex
receive line address.
Press the START push button.

FFFF 9.

Display A and 'B should contain X'FFFF'.
follows:

Set the switches as

Switches

BCD E
Init line

2 X X X

Where X represents unused data.
Press the INTERRUPT push button.
10.

Set the switches as follows:
switches

BCD E
4 0 X X Execute a setmode with
data specified in step 5.
Where XX represents the upper scan limit bits for high speed
lines.
Press the INTERRUPT push button.
11.

Page

~o.

Enter the test functions desired according to the following
charts.
If display A and B contain X'OOOO', an invalid

5.4

T370SL

Panel Line Test

o

o
o

o

lid"

!

II

!

o

•
•o
o
o
o
e

entry ocurred.

5.2.1 DEFINITION OF DISPLAY A & B DURING TEST
CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY OUTPUT

+--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Bits

I
I

Byte X
6
7

I
I

Byte 0
0123 4567

I
I

Byte 1
0123 4567

I
I

0
0
0

I
I
I
I

xxxx

I
I
I
I

xxxx

I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

xxxx

I
I
I
I

xxxx

+--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
I
I
I
I
DISPLAY A
I
ICW Bits
I
lCW Fields I

0

0
0

I

xxxx

0--7
SCF

xxxx

8--15
PDF

+--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

•

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

DISPLAY B
I
ICW Bits
I
ICW Fields I

I

0
0

0
0

xxxx

16-23
LCD PCF

xxxx

DS LEADS

I
I
I
I

+--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+

Ie

••
•
••

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.5

o
099-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

DATA SET LEADS DISPLAY

+-------------------------------+-------------------------------+
I
BYTE 1
I
BYTE 1
I
+-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+
I Bit I
Dats Line
I Bit I
*Auto-csll
I
+-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+
I 0 I Clear to Send
0
I Abandon Call and Retry I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

I Ring Indicator
I Data Set Ready
I Receive Line Signal
f

Receive

D~ta

Bit Buffer

I Diagnostic Wrap Mode
I Bit Service Request
I Zero (not used)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Present Next Digit
Data Line Occupied
Digit Present
Call Request
Call Originating Status
Bit Service Request
Interrupt Remember

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

+-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+
*The LCD displays a X'3'
dial line information.

(auto-dial) when the OS Leads display

\

Page No. 5.6

T370SL

Panel Line Test

\~

/

o
(7-

;'\fJMillull+"

o

\H!

•
•
•o
o
o

•o
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

#"

*htlJHMt5t!¥b " HbMtHt

!

1

"

I

I

rl

II'

t rid

II

II

[!

,tlJ",

, d i!!i\H!!V#'H!

'ONt',¥,' 1 ±"H' "HS:It,ngfflhtl''#MH'tlt'!L!!,'''N''fWl'''f''lWf

liiNdWttI.,Itf"!5!!I',lbT

!.'IHWI'MIIM

"f

I ""'tlLdeut.'!"

099-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

5.3 TEST FUNCTION CHARTS
5.3.1 TEST FUNCTION CHART 1

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
IADDRESS/DATAI
ADDRESS/DATA
I
Functions

I
I

Switches
Band C

ISwitches D and EI
I Input Data By tel

Descriptions

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
Transmit
42
None
IPlaces the PAD/SYN
I
Initi~l

Icharacter into the
Iline's SDF ~nd PDF
land sets the PCF
Istate to X'B'. When
Ithe PCF state goes
Ito X'9' the PAD/SYN
ch~racter

is

tr~ns-

mitted repeatedly.

I
I
I
I
I
i
I

!
I

Transmit
test
Character and
Fill

43

Transmit
Test
Character andl
Repeat
I

44

Test Character

Reads the test ch~r-I

acter from ADDRESS/
DATA switches D and
E and places it in
the line's PDF. The
line must be in
transmit mode
already (PCF state
X'9'). The test
character is transmitted once and the
PAD/SYN character
repeatedly
thereafter.

I
I
I
I
I
I

Panel Line Test

Test Character

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Reads the test char-I
acter from ADDRESS/ I
DATA switches D and I
E and places it in I
the line's PCF. The I
line must be in
I
transmit mode
I
already (PDF state
I
X'9'). The test
I
character ;s trans- I

T370Sl

Page No. 5.7

!""'""M'

- ...... _--_ .. -- ... ._----.-._-----~

0'

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

099-37050-06

mitted repeatedly.
Transmit
Test
Character and
Turn to
Receive

45

Autoanswer
(Buffer 0/1
if reply)

Page No. 5.8

46

T3705L

Test Character

O(X) digit

Reads the test character from ADDRESS/
DATA switches 0 and
E and places it in
the line's PDF. The
line must be in
transmit mode
already (PCF state
X'9'). The test
character is transmitted, then the
line is turned
around to the receive state. When
the line begins to
receive ch~racters,
the first 15 characters are stored in
the LTS data buffers
beginning with the
second byte. The
first byte contains
the last character
tr~nsmitted (the
test character). If
more than 15 characters are received,
subsequent characters are overlapped
into the last byte
position of the
data buffer.
Performs set mode
operation with data
terminal ready on.
When someone dials
in, a test is made
for start-stop or
SSC operation. For
start-stop PCF state
X'7' (receive) is

Panel Line Test

o

o
o

(~

. "'\
C

o
o
() i

-.-----------~-~~-

o
o

•o
o
o

o
o
o
o
\~r',

I
':11,

I

099-37050'-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

set. F~r BSC, state I
XIS' (monitor for
I
phase) is set. When I
character 'phase is I
detected state X'7' I
(receive) is set. Ifl
Byt~ 1, bit 7 is
I
zero and the reI
ceived compare char-I
acter compares with
one of the compare
characters, the line
is set to transmit
mode and buffer 0 ;s
transmitted. If bit
7 is one, buffer 1
is transmitted.
NOTE: Display the
LTS to see the data
received. See
Appendix C for a
layout of the LTS.
+-------------+------------+-----------~----+-------------------~+

o

••
•
•
•
•
•
•

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.9

I

. _• •

~_~~

_ _ " • • _ . _• •

-

•••

"

0

0.0_"

_ _ _0

, _ __

o
o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

099-37050-06

5.3.2 TEST FUNCTION CHART 2

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
I
IADDRESS/DATAI
ADDRESS/DATA
I
I
I

Functions

I
I

Switches
Band C

ISwitches D and EI

I Input Data By tel

Descriptions

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
I
IDial Digit

Loads the dial digit
from ADDRESS/DATA
switch E into a 16
position buffer.
The last digit loaded must be X'F'.
X'F' indicates the
end of the dial
digits.

47

I
I
I

Dial Operate

48

(Buffer 0/1
if reply)

Page No. 5.10

T3705L

(Y)

(X) digit

Transmits dial digits previously loaded to the auto-call
unit. If switch
position ~ is 0, the
dial digits are
transmitted to the
auto-call unit, if
nonzero the sequence
ends after the number of dial digits
specified in E have
been transmitted.
When the dial is
completed, the line
;s put in receive
mode. If Byte 1, bit
3 is zero and a received character
compares with one of
the compare characters, the line is
set to transmit mode
and buffer 0 is
transmitted. If bit
3 is 1, buffer 1 is

Panel Line Test

/

'\

()

c
o

'k'!l"!!"

,

','um rtht't

o ·

•
•
•o

tie",.

.'WW'-YifH

rl'

'LI '\' 'li 'd"* ""'

'MnN "WI"IflU,.","MI& P'''' Wtttt'''H"' n,wrlf"

,'WYbI'lfWMIM,,,,, "d'"'!!!I"1

II

"N"'IH'H , UW ' ,ub"" "PWII!-W.,·W!I'N'VM·"WIKl!MI1f

1
,1

i

•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

"'HIMI'

Y' M

.'PW,"".IHIW'.'

'aUU"hfLMWH!:llHJ!N'Hh'tJlWY'f! lim" fdf!WlfllHY

transmitted.
Data Rate

49

FF=high rate,
OO=low rate

Selects the high or
low data rate for a
line previously
defined in test.

Receive Mode

4A

None

Places the line in
receive mode and
places the first
character received
in the first position of the data
buffer. If more than
16 characters are
received, subsequent
characters overlap
into the last byte
position of the data
buffer.

Change
PCF trun
character

4B

Turn character

Changes the PCF turn
character to the
value set in
ADDRESS/DATA switch
E. DISPLAY D should
be set to zero.

Display LTS

4C

Displacement
into LTS

Displays two half
words of the line
test control block
(LTS) beginning at
the displacement
specified in
ADDRESS/DATA
switches D and E.
See Appendix C for a
layout of the LTS.

Transmit
Buffer 0 or 1

4F

o

•'/

•

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

()

o
o

H' pM'

Panel Line Test

E - 0 (Buffer 0) The line is set to
E - 1 (Buffer 1) transmit mode (PCF
state X'B'). When
PCF state X'8' goes
to PCF state X'9'

T3705L

Page No. 5.11

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL lINE TEST T3705l

099-37050-06

buffer 0 is transmitted if Byte 1,
bit 7 is zero. If
bit 7 is one, buffer
1 ;s transmitted.
When the corresponding transmit end
compare character is
detected, the line
;s turned around to
receive mode.
End Test

50

O(X) digit

If Byte 1, bit 7 is
0, the test is ended, the line test
control block (lTS)
is cleared, ~nd the
line is placed in a
INO-OP state (drops
IDTR and resets opItions selected by
Iset mode). If bit 7
lis 1, the line reImains enabled (OTR
lactive).

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+

Page No. 5.12

T3705l

Panel Line Test

c
(}

c

M,

,1

!iHIl.W I

!!iN

JIIO!

\'

U 1

I

o

•
•
•o
o

o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

5.3.3 TEST FUNCTION CHART 3

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
I
IADDRESS/DATAI
ADDRESS/DATA
I
I
I

I

I

Functions

I

Switches
Band C

ISwitches D and

•

Descriptions

I
I

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
ILoad
51
(XX) digit
The character in
IBuffer 0

switches D and E is
stored in a 40 character buffer. Leading PADS and SYNS
must be inserted for
T3CS als0 1 due to
the use of PCF state
'E' during the xmit
operation.

I

Load
Buffer 1

52

Load
Receive
Compare
Character 1

53

(XX) digit

The character in
switches D and E is
stored as the first
receive compare
character.

Load
Receive
Compare
Character 2

54

(XX) digit

Same as Load Receive
Compare Character 1
except the character
is stored as the
second receive compare character.

Load
Receive
Compare
Character 3

55

(XX) digit

Same as Load Receive
Compare Character 1
except the character
is stored as the
third receive compare character.

Load Swap

56

(XX) digit

The character in

Same as "Load
Buffer 0" except the
character is stored
in buffer 1.

I,

•
Ie
•
•
•
•

EI

I Input Data By tel

e

"I,

D99-3705D-06

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.13

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

Transmit
Buffer 0
Compare
Character

D99-3705D-06

switches 0 and E
(XX) is stored as
the swap transmit
buffer 0 compare
character.

Load Swap
Transmit
Buffsr 1
Compare
Character

57

(XX) digit

Same as Load Swap
Transmit Buffer 0
Compare Character
except the character
is stored as the
swap transmit buffer
1 compare character.

Initialize
Buffer 0
Offset

58

XX

Sets in the LTS the
displacement (normally X'OO') into the
appropriate buffer
at which the storing
of data entered
through the panel is
to bbegin. As the
data is subsequently
entered, a count of
the data characters
will be accrued and
this count will then
be used by the
transmit routine to
determine when the
line should be
placed into receive
mode.

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+

Page No. 5.14

T3705L

Panel Line Test

o

'[ 1/1

!

11,IIiIHHtII'l!fHMW"EN''Y'M .'''WUlAm",:

r

,

lIiI"I"'Y"Y'''

wi HI! !I'

"

I

"liP' IIHVlu U

'II'.,,"'!!' "il ....

1

•

'·'IfI .." ....'

''''!!In.,

o ·

•
•
•o
o
o

o
o

o

5.3.4 TEST

FUN~TION

CHART 4

+-------------+------------+----------------+---------~----------+

I
I
I

Funct ions

IADDRESS/DATAI ADDRESS/DATA I
I Switches ISwitches 0 and EI
I Band C
I Input Data Byte I

Descr i pt i'ons- -"

I
I
I

+-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+
Initialize
59
XX
(Same as function 58
Buffer 1
Offset
BSC CRC
Accumulation
Buffer 0/1

SA

Set Receive
Mode Byte

5C

I
•
••

•
•
•
•
•
•

, 099-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

Panel Line' Test

except the displacement is for
buffer 1.
Accumulates the CRC
00 (for
characters for BSC
buffer 0)
data (to be trans01 (for
mitted> as it is
buffer 1)
entered into either
buffer 0 or
buffer 1.
Allo~s
the selection
setting depenof
certain
options
dent on option
by setting a control
selected (see
byte in the LTS
description)
Cline test control
block).
Bit 3 will indicate that the option
of checking for two
special characters
I(set by 5ubfunctions
53 and 54) in sequence in a received
data stream is to bel
used by the panel
line test function
I
to determine when
I
the line being test-I
ed should be pl~ced I
into transmit mode. I
Bit 6 of the con- I
trol byte will
I
indicate that CRC
I
character accumula- I
tion is to be
I
pe~formed on Bse
I

T3705L

Page No. 5.15

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

D99-37050-06

Idata during receive
loperations.
I Bit 7 will give
Ithe same indication
Ifor SDLC data.

,~,

'~)

C

+------~------+----~-------+------~---------+-------------~------+

Page No. 5.16

T3705L

Panel Line Test

0

\

,,
"

I.

+H

riM

W

'

o ·

•
•
•o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

D99-3705D-06

5.4 LTS DESCRIPTION

+----------------------------------------------------------------+
HEX
I
DISPLACEMENTSI
00

FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

I

I

ILTSCTL: Control byte

ILTSPDSYN: PAD or SYN
I
character for this
I
line.

1
I
02

ILTSSTMD: The system
ILTSLCD: The system
gonerated set mode SDF.I
generated LCD value.

I

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

04

ILTSXLAD: The line address of the line being tested

06

ILTSRLAD: Duplex receive line address.

08
OA
OC
OE
10
12
14
16

ILTSDIALL: Buffer for receive data characters or
I auto-call dial digits.

I
IThis is the receive buffer for a type 2 communicaItion scanner and the address of the receive buffer
Ifor a type 3 communication scanner.

I
I

18

ILTSNFCNT: Counter for non X'FF' data characters
Iwhen receiving.

lA

ILTSNOCNT: Counter for non X'OO' data characters
Iwhen receiving_

----------------------------------------------------------------1
IE
ILTSDCNT: Counter for
ILTSTURN: Transmit turn
I
I
I
I

auto-call dial digits
and receive data
characters.

I
I

LCD/PCF

I
I

I

I

----------------------------------------------------------------1
20
ILTSACLN: Auto-call line address
I
----------------------------------------------------------------1
22
ILTSXL2: Transmit Level 2 pointer
I
----------------------------------------------------------------1
24
ILTSRL2: Receive Level 2 pointer
I
----------------------------------------------------------------1
Panel line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.17

0

•

0
D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

26
28

. ,;:1

0

ILTSDATAP: Transmit buffer pointer
ILTSRCC1: Receive compare ILTSRCC2: Receive compare
ch~racter 1
I character 2

I
2A

ILTSRRC3: Receive compare ILTSWAP1: Sw~p transmit
character 3
I buffer 0 compare
I character

I
I
2C

ILTSWAP2: Swap transmit
I buffer 1 compare

I

char~cter

('~

ILTSXENDO: Buffer 0
I transmit end compare
I character

+----------------------------------------------------------------+

C
0
C'
C

C

--)I

;f(~,

Ci_/
,/

r

Page No. 5.18

T3705L

Panel Line Test

o
o

o

I

ItlWW'!11M'dWIOWf'wf"II!W" im'''frg''I!J.'!

J

J

jWfll

tilt,

III

OW"

+ !l5

I "II

+lUI 'h.Hf''''H

WaHIII,,,"'1 i'm.

IHI',

U

In

III '

"

"MY

""IHWdM"

lbI

lM'W"v"lII

'"!.

'''''''P'

H ,. .

nl"ww·'MW'!I!"M51W'M'M··N+'V'I5MM,,·'Y··'''f'

."""Q"'" '''iI''·.·''''LfIM'

,,' ..... "' .... DH'_...,

o ·

•
•
•

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

5.5 TEST EXAMPLES

()

5.5.1 WRITE DATA TO IBM 2770 (BSC LINES)

o
o
o
o

Step

•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-37~5D-06

Functions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches

Descriptions

B C -D E

1

Initialize
Buffer 0

5 8 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets initial Buffer 0
o·ffset.

2

Initialize
Buffer 1

5 9 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets initial Buffer 1
offset.

3

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 x x*

Press
INTERRUPT

Lo~d buffer 0 with
address sequence.

4

Load
Buffer 1

5 2 x x** Press

Accumulate
CRC

5 A 0 1

5

Lo~d

Buffer 1 with

INTERRUPT

add~e~s

Press
INTERRUPT

Accumul~tc~

s~quence.

~nd

stores

eRe ; n bu,)cfcf' 1«

6

Set compare 5 3 3 D
character 1

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets receive compare
ch~"'OIctc,.. 1.

7

Set
5 6 6 1
swc.p
chaf'acter 1

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets first swap
character.

8

Set swap
5 7 7 0
character 2
2

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets second
character'.

9

Transmit
initiC\l

4 2 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets transmit state.

10

Transmit
Buffer 0

4 F 0 0*** Press

End
test

5 0 0 1

11

Panel Line Test

sw~p

Transmit from buffer O.

INTERRUPT
Press
INTERRUPT

Ends the test.

T3705L

Page No. 5.19

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 370S PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

*

D99-370SD-06

xx= X' FF' , X, AA' , X' 32' , X'32, X'37', X, FF' , X'FF', X, AA' ,
X'32', X'32', addr, X' 2D' , X' FF' •

** xx=X'FF', X'FF', X' AA' , X' 32' , X, 32' , X' 02' , XE3', X, C5' ,
X, E2 ' , X' E3' , X'40', X' C2' , X'D3', X'D6', X'C3', X' D2' , X, 15' ,
X'03' .

c
c

***'TEST BLOCK' should print out repeatedly on the terminal until
step 11 ends the test.

Page No. S.20

T370SL

Panel Line Test

C,
I,

!~
\~ ...;J";

!

I

j

rUt

t

I

"t

te

,

d

o

•
•
•o
o
o

o
o

•

I

l i;

099-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

5.5.2 READING FROM AN IBM 2770 AND ACCUMULATING CRC
step

Functions

Descriptions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches
BCD E

Enter data at the
terminal and press the
REQUEST key.

1

2

Initialize
Buffer 0

5 8 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets offset for
Buffer O.

3

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 x x*

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads Buffer 0 with the
polling sequence.

4

Set
receive
mode

5 C02

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets receive mode byte
to BSC accumulation on
receive.

5

Transmit
initial

420 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Set transmit state.

6

Transmit
Buffer 0

4 F 0 0** Press

End test

5 0 0 0

'I

•
••
•
•
•
•
•

•

7

Transmit from Buffer O.

INTERRUPT
Press
INTERRUPT

*xx= X'FF', X'AA', X'32', X'32', X'FF', X'FF', X'AA', X'32',
X'32', addr, addr, X'FO', X'20', X'FF'

**If data is received properly and the eRC is correct, the line turns
around, transmits buffer 0 again and goes into receive mode.
terminal times out.

Panel Line Test

T3705L

The

Page No. 5.21

0
0

'V

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

(-~\

099-37050-06

C'
()

5.5.3 READING DATA WITH A TWO CHARACTER COMPARE
step

Functions

Descriptions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches
BCD E

0'

c

Enter ABCDl234 at the
terminal and press the
REQUEST key.

1

2

3

Initialize
Buffet" 0

5 8 0 0

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 x x*

Set Receive 5 C 1 0
mode

4

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets Buffer 0 offset.

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads Buffer 0 with the
poll sequence.

Press
INTERRUPT

Set two character
compare on receive

Ie
{~'
(
,
.J

(f~

(j

(

Set -first
compare

5

1

5 3 C 4

Press
INTERRUPT

stores first receive
compare character.

/~

char~cter

6

Set second
compare
character

5 4 F 1

Press
INTERRUPT

Stores second receive
compare character.

7

Transmit
initial

4 2 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets transmit mode.

8

Transmit
Buffer 0

4 F 0 0** Press

9

10

*

xx

Transmit from buffer O.

INTERRUPT

Display
LTS

4 C 1 2*** INTERRUPT

End Test

500 0

4 C 0 8

Press
Press
INTERRUPT

Displays received data.
Ends the test.

= X'AA',

X'32', X'32', X'37',X'FF', X'FF', X'AA',
X'32', X'32', addr, addr, X'FO', X'2D' X'FF'.

Page No. 5.22

T370SL

Panel Line Test

0' )'

o

•
•
•o
o
o
o

o

•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

099-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

**If the data is received properly, the line turns around,
transmits buffer 0 ag~;n and goes into receive mode.
The terminal times out.
***The last received data character should be X'F1.
5.5.4 ADDRESSING AN IBM 1050 (S/S TERMINAL) USING BUFFER 0 AND 1
Functions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches
BCD E

Initialize
Buffer 0

5 8 0 0

2

Initialize
Buffer 1

3

Step

Descriptions

INTER~UPT

Sets Initial Buffer 0
offset

5 9 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets Initial Buffer 1
offset

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 F F

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the PAD character
X'FF' in buffer 0

4

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 F F

Press
INTERRUPT

5

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 7 C

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads a circle C
character into Buffer 0

6

Load
Buffer 0

5 1 A 3

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the terminal
address X'AS' into
buffer 0

7

Load
Buffer

5 1 2 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the component
select address X'20'
into Buffer 0

8

Load
Buffer 1

5 2 F F

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the PAD character
X'FF' into buffer 1

9

Load
Buffer 1

5 2 3 4

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the end of
address character X'34'
into Buffer 1

1

Panel Line Test

Press

T3705L

Page No. 5.23

--~-~------------------------~~-.--,-,--.-.-

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

..

099-37050-06

10

Load
Buffer 1

5 2 X X

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads data character
X'xx' into buffer 1

c

11

Load
Buffer 1

525 E

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads a circle B
character X'SE' into
Buffer 1

C'
G

c
r'

\

"-

,/

/

\

Page No. 5.24

T3705L

Panel Line Test

C~p

o

o

•
•
•o
o
o
o
o

•

5.5.4.1 ADDRESSING AN IBM 1050 (CONTINUED)
step

Functions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches
BCD E

12

Load
Buffer 1

5 2 y y

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads LRC character
X'yy' into Buffer 1.
If the same data
character is entered an
even number of times in
step 10, the LRC will
be a circle B which can
be entered for X'yy'.

13

Load
Buffer 1
Swap
Compare
Character

5 7 3 7

Press
INTERRUPT

Loads the swap compare
character for buffer 1.
If the response from the
terminal is X'37', after
buffer 0 is transmitted,
the line is turned
around and buffer 1 is
transmitted.

14

Transmit

4 F 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Transmits Buffer O.

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

099-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L

Descriptions

NOTES:
1.

2.

After step 11 is executed, Buffer 0 ;s transmitted to the
address of the IBM 1050 terminal.
The line is set to receive
mode.
If the terminal responds with a circle Y (X'37'), the
line is set to transmit mode and buffer 1 is transmitted.
ADDRESS/DATA switch A is always set to X'O'.

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.25

o
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 370S PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

D99-370SD-06

S.5.5 SENDING TO AND RECEIVING FROM A S/S TERMINAL (IBM 2741 OR IBM 3767)
Step

*

Functions

ADDRESS/
DATA
Switches
BCD E

1

Initialize
Buffer 0

5 a 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Sets initial Buffer
0 offset

2

LOQ\d
Buffer 0

S 1 x x*

Press
INTERRUPT

Load data into
Buffer O.

3

Set
compare
character
1

S 3 7 C

Press
INTERRUPT

Set receive compQ\re
charQ\cter 1.

4

Transmit
Buffer 0

4 F 0 0

Press
INTERRUPT

Transmit Buffer O.

Descriptions

c
c

xx = X'FF', X'AA', X'34', X'lF', X'S4', X'20', X'10', X'70',
x'oa', X'68', X'S8', X'38', X'04', X'64', X'6D', X'7C', X'FF'.

0123456789 should print out on the terminal and the terminal will
go into transmit mode.
Key a message into the IBM 2741 and send it
to the IBM 3705.
The IBM 3705 should send 0123456789.
This sequence can be repeated until the test is terminated.

/

'\

c'
Page No. 5.26

T370SL

Panel Line Test

0

o
o

1

I

o

•
••
o
o
o
o
o

099-37050-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

5.6 PANEL LINE TEST ERROR STOPS
Error stops that may occur in the panel line test are indicated via
display A and B.
See the following list for a description of the
stops and recovery actions required.

~

•
•
•
•~
•
•
•

Display A

Display

~

Description

80Fe

80FC

An unexpected level 4 interrupt occurred; only
PCI level interrupts are expected.
Register
X'l5' contains the results of an input X'7F'
instruction executed when the interrupt
occurred.
To recover from this stop, the
program must be reloaded .

80FE

80FE

An unexpected level 1 interrupt occurred.
Register X'Ol' contains the ORed results of an
input X'7E' and an input X'76' instruction
executed when the interrupt occurred.
If bits
0.1, 0.2, 0.3, or 0.4 are on, a communication
scanner level 1 interrupt occurred; pressing the
START pushbutton causes the program to attempt a
scanner reset and restart.
If none of these
bits are on, another type level 1 interrupt
occurred and the program must be reloaded.

80FF

xxxx

A program or hardware failure caused a branch to
storage location X'OOOOO'.
Display B contains
the address of the instruction causing the
branch.
To recover, the program must be
reloaded.

I.

Panel Line Test

T3705L

Page No. 5.27

.~--------

D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL

(J
G

c

This intentionallY

left blank.

".

)
"

-' ~

.(1

I\"

'\!
;/

(f '"
\lJ'

j

c,
Page No. 5.28

T3705L

Panel Line Test

0'\
!()I

0)

'!J

o

I

I/!

I

""

, !",.,

I

n

t

If!

mIl!

,,, !JIII

nillt!

!

,.Ht!'DlI."f"'W'LfIlHw",!!l!!if" 'WHI 'M!" . .

'

..!.I",

f' , .

/lw 1i!!1M

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

o

APPENDIX A.

CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION

o
o
e

The Channel Adapter On-Line Test (OLT) and the Internal Functional
Tests (IFT), for the 3705 require 3705 hardware definition.
The
definition is provided in the OLT configuration data set (CDS) for the
3705.
The IFT's for the 3705 are loaded into the 3705 by a host CPU
program called the IFT Loader.
The IFT loader is an OLT executed
under an On-Line Test Executive (OS/TCAM/TOTE, OS/OLTEP,DOS/OLTEP, or
OLTSEP).
The IFT Loader appends the CDS to the Diagnostic Control
Module (DCf1) when the DCM is loaded into the 3705.
The OCM refers to
the CDS as required by the requested IFT.
The storage location of CDS information in the 3705 can be
determined by adding the CDS byte location (from CDS Byte Column) to
X'FOO'.

I
•
•
I.
•
•
•
•
•
•

The 3705 CDS ;s composed of the following sections:
Channel Data

Data Block Index

Part 1
Fixed Format

Data Blocks

Part 2
Variable Format

A.l CONFIGURATION DATA SET PART 1
Part 1 format ;s fixed and is 28 bytes (X'lB') in length and is defined
and punched in Columns 1-67 of Card ~l as follows:
CDS
Byte

(Hex)

Card
Col.

1

Configuration Data Set

Contents/Description

1

Must be blank

2-4

CDS

5-9

Blank

T3705A

A.l

---

--,-------------~,-

.

'--_._-_.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- ..

o
o

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

0-3

10-17

4

18

19
COS
Byte (Hex)
1

5

Card
Col.

20-21

099-37050-06

(1

Native subchanne1 unit address in hex
(right justified) (example 0000010A)
The IFTs load across this channel addr.
= 4 if cycle utilization counter RPQ
8Q0058 is installed
= C if model J, K, or L (cycle
utilization counter and 20
bit data path are installed.)
Blank

c

Contents/Description
Feature code - (CS-Comm. Scanner;
CA-Channe1 Adapter)
Enter only the channel adapter
defined in card col 10-17.

20
4

1

21
4

2
1

A.2

T3705A

1=Storagc size greater than 64K bytes.
O=Storage size 64K or less.
l=NCP used.
O=NCP not used.
l=type 4 CA installed.
O=type 4 CA not installed.
l=Type 1 CS installed.
O=Type 1 CS not installed.
1=Type 2 CS installed.
O=Type 2 CS not installed.
1=Type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS
installed.
O=type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS
not installed.
l=Type 1 CA installed.
O=Type 1 CA not installed.
l=Type 2 or 3 CA installed.
O=Type 2 or 3 CA not installed.

6

22-23

= 40 Class Code (terminal control
unit)

7

24-25

= 06 Unit or Type Code(3705)

Configuration Data Set

o

t

d ""

d

ttl

ItrM'."'rlt'U tfrl:HhM':!I,

d

LW , f '

I.

t b

0

•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SeT DESCRIPTION

8

26-29

Unused, leave blank.

9

30-31

Flags

30

=4

31

=

32-35

Blank

Card
Col.

Contents/Description

0
0

•
•
•

OA-OB
CDS
Byte (Hex)
1

if Device shared wixh
another system, (CPU)
4 if Two channel switch is
installed on this unit

OC-OD

36-39

The emulator sub-channel
(ESC) unit address
in Hex of lowest IBM 2701, 2702,
or 2703 emulator Line address
(determined by CA jumper options See Range Definition)
If Type 2 or 3 CA or if Type 1 or 4 CA
in NCP mode only, leave card
columns 36 thru 41 blank.

OE

40-41

Hexadecimal number of contiguous Emulator
Line addresses (each address used
in testing requires a 2701, 2, 3
CDS entry). - See Range Definition

OF-13

42-51

Blank (reserved)

14-1B

52-67

Hexadecimal (EBCDIC) representation of the
symbolic name of the Network Control
Program (NCP) CDS.
This is required
by the On Line Terminal Test (OLTT).
The symbolic name is assigned by the
customer at SYSGEN time.
Hex 'C3'
ec) is to suffix the NC? CDS symbolic
name.
Any unused positions in this
field should be filled with X'40's.
For example:
If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP',
then this name will be 'RTPC' and

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

099-37050-06

Configuration Data Set

T370SA

A.3

b

d6ri+r

o
o
099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

the Hex EBCDIC representation would
be:
D9E3D7C340404040
If no NCP is installed, leave blank.
lC-lD

68-71

Blank (allow CDS Part 2 to start on card 2)

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired information, ie
10, card count, etc.

(

)

}

c
G

o
G
C

c

c
(
A.4

T3705A

Configuration Data Set

-'\

.11

o
o
o

r.'f'HWHN"!IH"H!iI+"+MfHW"';,t1'WlIi;j'PW

Iii

!

IIIll

J f

dt

'

"!InM!! iiii"'

•

',II,n 8,Uk' {nVI'! 'id!

'Hi I H !!hel' !'WM

&f 'I" \&0'

·~\IiIWHH\MMh!¥!! liN

:!II'

!

I'M

W

"+,I'·"HHHPH.",1 !:I'M' ,f'OriN! '''f' 'tNi

"I, dnm!

:ft'H""*PfW,Nw"UW"

"1:111'.',&'."1 flNM

NIL

tlldM!

i

't!U 'IMY

N'W"'WIHflHH'h'!I"W"""!tHyu,'tltlW'!!

u

•
•
•o
o
o

•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

099-37050-06

A.1.1 RANGE DEFINITION
It is mandatory that each address ;n the described Emulator address
range be defined by a IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703 CDS entry in order to
use that address as a test device address.
I t ; s recommended that a
CDS entry be included for all addresses in the range in order to
prevent a 'NO CDS ENTRY' message for each undefined address.
If it is necessary to use a large range of emulator addresses, the
following dummy CDS entry can be used for each unused subchannel
address to minimize the OLT printouts:
Card Col
Punch

2-4
CDS

10-17
DEV ADDR

22-25
4001

52
/

Part 2 of the CDS has a variable length and is composed of the
Index/Data blocks needed to define the hardware.
Each hardware
feature is referred to by its unique block type (i.e. CCU data block
;s type A, type 1 channel adapter data block is type B, etc.)
The index block contains 2 bytes for each data blo~k to be defined,
one byte to indicate block type and another to indicate the half-word
displacement value of the corresponding data block containing the
hardware definition.
Each data block must start on a halfword
boundary.
Communication scanners 3 and 4 are contained on a symbolic CDS
entry because of length restrictions.
This entry is not punched
unless the third or fourth communication scanners are present.
This
CDS entry is handled by the OLT loader and ;s not referred to by the
CE when entering the 'DEV/TEST/OPT/' parameters.
Following is the format for machine configuration.
Punch cards as
indicated using CDS card format as provided.
The index identifies the
hardware installed and provides a pointer to the data block containing
the detailed description.
If not applicable, an index entry may be
left blank, or punched with zeros, but the assigned card columns must
be maintained.
After completing the definition of the last line sets of the last
LIB installed on the 3705, insert a ' / ' in that card column that would
normally start the next Scanner definition.

Configuration Data Set

T3705A

A.5

..

l,

I

0
IBM 3705 CO~MUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

***Index CDS
Byte

D99-3705D-06

0

Part 2***

Card
Col

0

Contents(Type-Address)

1-15

Must be blank

0
0

C
0

/

1E-1F
F 20-21

16-19

Vi1 23 (A) CCU

20-23

F22-23

24-27

F-24-25

28-31

26-27

32-35

28-29

36-39

2A-2B

40-43

2C-2D

44-47

2E-2F

48-51

22 23 CA) Storage 8SM 2
(Blank if FET storage)
32 23 CA) Storage BSM 3
(Blank if FET storage)
42 23 CA) Storage BSM 4
(Blank if FET storage)
52 23 CA) Storage BSM 5
(Blank if FET storage)
62 23 (A) storage BSM 6
(Blank if FET storage)
72 23 CA) Storage BSM 7
(Blank if FET storage)
82 23 CA) storage BSM 8
(Blank if FET storage)
~;f2 23 CA) Storage 8SM 1
or FET storage
installed

C
I'"

\

\,-/,

!~\

""-'"

C
,-'~/
I.

/

I

30-31

A.6

T3705A

52-55

32-33

56-59

34-35

60-63

1

"

Adapter Number/IFT Number - (00 or
I
blank if not installed)
I CDS Address of Data Block - pointer to
I I
adapter description
I I Block type - data block containing
I I
I
adapter description
Description
2

()

13 22 (B) Type 1 CA in 1st position.
14 22 ec) If type 2 or type 3 CA
in 1st position.
~~i 22 (C) If type 4 CA in 1st position •
. 24 24 (C) If type 2 or type 3 eA
in 2nd position.
29 24 CC) If type 4 CA in 2nd position.
39 25 (e) If type 4 eA in 3rd position.

Configuration Data Set

"-

\1

\jI

0

L:

0
U
0

0

I

~~ ..

J!II!II'j!!!'t'!!I!'!!!!!!!!!

o

•
•
•o

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

. 36-37
38-39

64-67
68-71

o
o

•o
•

72

Card

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

3A-3B

1-15
16-19

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

49 26 (C) If type 4 CA in 4th PQsition •
Enter one of the following for the
communication scanner in
the first frame:
15 27 CO) If type 1 communication scanner
is first scanner.
This entry
may be punched in card col
64-67 without causing an error.
(0)
27
If type 2 communication scanner
06
is first _scanner
17 27 (0) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed
communication scanner is the
first scanner

3

••

099-37050-06

Continuation character (any character
except /)
Contents(Type-Address)
Must be blank
Enter one of the following for the
communication scanner in the second frame:
26 3D (E) If type 2 communication scanner
is the second scanner
27 3D (E) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed
communications scanner is the
second scanner

3C-3D

20-23

Enter one of the following for the
communication scanner in
the third frame:
36 91 (E) If type 2 communication scanner
is the third scanner
37 91 (E> If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed
communications scanner is the
third scanner

3E-3F

24-27

Configuration Data Set

Enter one of the following for the
communication scanner in the fourth frame:

T370SA

A.7

--------------.

-

-

- -- .-

-

-- ...

--.--.----~~~~-

o
D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

If type 2 communication
scanner' is the four'th scanner'
47 BO (E) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed
communication scanner ;s the
fourth scanner
46 BO

40-41
42-43

28-31
32-35

(E)

Blank (r'eserved)
FFFF End of index

o
o

c
o

o
c

The definition of each block type follows.

c
(~
\

A.a

T370SA

Configuration Data Set

c
o
o

I

11'11'

1HmnLIhP'l!d' I

'WM

"'ee""'frH'I''*"Ier,.,,, , ,

'i

n!

~"H

H'

1 Y'&

I

+

o
o

•
•o
o

A.2.0

CHANNEL ADAPTER BLOCKS

A.2.1.0 FIRST CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block defines the channel adapter in the first machine
This may be a type 1, 2, 3, or 4 channel adapter.

o

•
•
•

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

coo

44

36-37

NSC unit address - interface A

COl

45

38

Governor speed for cycle steal (normally
jumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl

Block
Addr
3

contents

= 0 if type 1 or type 4 channel adapter
The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapter when EC 318882 is not installed.

= 1 if 49K bytes
= 2 if 92K bytes
= 3 if 188K bytes

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

=4

if 277K bytes

The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapter when EC 318882 is installed.

=9
=A

if
if
= B if
= C if

39

Configuration Data Set

49K bytes
92K bytes
188K bytes
277K bytes

= 1 This data block is for 1st machine
fr~me

channel adapter.

T3705A

A.9

0;
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

099-37050-06

o
C~

A.2.1.1 CCU DEFINITION - BLOCK A This CDS block defines the central control
Card

Block
Addr

3

***
[.

AOO

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

CCU - BLOCK
46

40-41

un;~.

Contents

***
Define storage type and size
The following is for Bridge storage:

= 01
= 02
= 03
= 04
05
= 06
=
= 07
= 08

o
o
c

if 16K
if 48K
if 80K
if 112K
if 144K
if 176K
if 208K
if 240K

The following is for FET storage:

= 81
= 82
= 83
= 84
= 85
= 86
= 87
= 88
SA
= 8C
=
BE
= 90
=
47

42-43

if 32K
if 64K
if 96K

if
if
if
if
if
if
if
if
if

128K
160K
192K
224K
256K
320K
380K
448K
512K

Defines RPQ Features.

( "\
,./

C
C'
A.I0

T370SA

Configuration Data Set

o
o

',1:

,,\,j,

',LI 'W' 'eMt' I,tnt

t

ttC,C"H"'M*Ufb ' ,

o

•
•
•
•o
•
•
•
•

D99-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

Card

Block
Addr
AOI

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

47

42
43

Comments

= 00
=1
=2
=6
=

if
If
If
If
If

no RPQ's
no RPQ's
RPQ 858655 installed.
RPQ 858911 installed.
RPQ's 858911 and MK5393 are
installed.

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Configuration Data Set

T370SA

A.I!

..

0

.1

0
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

099-37050-06

0
(~

A.2.1.2 SECOND CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block de'fines the channel adapter in the second position.
The channel adapter in this position may be type 2, 3, or 4.
Card
3

Block
Addr

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

COO

48

44-45

COl

49

46

Contents
Native sub-channel (NSCl unit address Interface A
Governor speed for cycle steal (normally
jumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl

=0

if type 4 channel adapter

The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapte~ when EC 318882 ;s not installed.

=1
=2
=3
=

if
if
if
4 if

C

0
C

C
C
(\
j'

49K bytes
92K bytes
l88K bytes
277K bytes

The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapter when EC 318882 is installed.

=9

if
if
B if
C if

=A
47

=
=
=1

=

A.12

T3705A

49K bytes
92K bytes
l88K bytes
277K bytes

If the 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type
4 and is located in the 1st machine
frame.
2 If 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type 2
or 3 Channel Adapter.
If the 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type 4
in the 2nd machine frame.

Configuration Data Set

()
Oi1

o
o

.at.&!e!+!+bbrlb'·

ntttttt I

, W'

t

t

tl

* 5'18

I

I

"

.bw",8/","rr±ne'

t

'¢tt

I t

hi

•

b

if

Un

I

II%*,

t

, **tb

SC·H·-ftI!LMMY""M'!

0

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D99,-3705D-06

A.2.1.3 THIRD CHANNEL ADAPTER - BLOCK C - SECOND MACHINE FRAME
Thi s CDS block defi nas the thi rd channel adapter whi ch must, be located
in the second machine frame.
The adapter can only be type 4.
CDS
Byte

Card
Col

coo

4A

48-49

NSC unit address - interface A

COl

4B

50

Governor speed for

51

=0
=2

Block
Add"
3

Contents

cyclesteal~

For type 4 channel adapter
This data block is for 2nd machine
frame channel adapter.

A.2.l.4 FOURTH TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER - BLOCK C - SECOND MACHINE FRAME
(Leave this block blank if no CA installed).
CDS
Byte

Card
Col

coo

4C

52-53

NSC unit address -

COl

4D

54

Governor speed for cycle steal

Block
Addr
3

Contents
interface A

= 0 For type 4 channel adapter
55

Configuration Data Set

=2

This data block is for 2nd machine
frame channel adapter.

T3705A

A.13

o
D99-3705D-06

XBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

A.2.1.S FIRST COMMUNICATION SCANNER DEFINITION - BLOCK D
This CDS block defines the first communication scanner installed.
The scannop may be type 1, 2, or 3.

The definition of each block type follows.
Blo~k

Add ..
3

DOO

DOl

c
o
G

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

4E

56-57

CS type defined by this block.

56

57

= 84
=3
=
=2
=0

4F-SO

58-61

Blank

Sl

62-63

RPQ description Byte.

62
63

=0
=0

Contents

if type 1
if type 2
if type 3
scanner.
if type 3

o

c

communication scanner.
communication scanner.
Hi-Speed communication
communication scanner.

c

first CS address bits.

(reserved spare)
If no RPQ's

The following is for type 2 scanner:

= 21
=
= 48
=

if
if
if
if

RPQ 858657
RPQ 85B680

RPQ 858678
RPQ 530114

/

The ,!ollowing is for type 3 scanner:

= 1 if RPQ 858912
= 2 if RPQ EH4100

A.14

T3705A

Configuration Data Set

c
o
o

o
o

~,

•
•o

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D02

52

64-65

o

Speed of oscillator position 1 (osc 00)
Multi-speed clock with type 3
communication scanner has 150,
600, and 1200 bps oscillato~.
Code
00
01
03
05
07
09

o

•
•
•

Speed
If not installed
45.5
BPS
50.0
56.89
74.2
75.0
100.0 '
110.0
134.5
150.0
200.0
300.0
600.0
950.0
1200.0
RPQ (M02116)
1050.0 '
2000.0
2400.0

OB
OD

-'OF
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
,--19

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-06

v_IS

Ref OSC postion 1 Definition for the
following:
D03

53

66-67

Speed of oscillator position 2 (osc 01)

D04

54

68-69

Speed of

oscillato~

position 3 (osc 02)

DOS

55

70-71

Speed of

oscillato~

position 4 (osc 03)

72
73-80
Block
Add~

CDS
Byte

4

'Confi gurati on Data Set

Continuation
, except /)
~ny

cha~acte~

(any

characte~

desired data (ref card 1)

Card
Col

contents

1-15

Must be blank

T370SA

A.IS

o

I

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D06

56

D07

57

18-19

008

58

20-21

009

59

22-23

DOA

5A-61 24-39

DOA

SA

DOB

58

DOC
DOD

50

SC

DOE

SE
SF

OOF
010
011

60
61
Code

00
01

A.16

16-17

T370SA

24-25
26-27
28-29
30-31
32-33
34-35
36-37
38-39

--'I
(

C,ode = LIB type - 'posi ti on 1
if not installed
= 00
iT Type 1
01
= 02 if
2
= 03 iT Type
Type
3
= etc.
iT Type 10
= OA
Type 11
OB
= OC iT
Type 12
if
=

,I

c
c
c

= LIB Type - position 2
Code = LIB Type - position 3
Code = LIB type - position 4
Not vaild for type 3 scanner.
Code

Code for line set types
installed in LIB position 1
Lines
Lines
Lines
Lines
Lines
Lines
Lines
Lines

Line Set

0 8: 1
2, 8: 3
4 & S

6 8: 7
8 8: 9
A 8: B
C 8: D
E 8: F

/

\.

~

None.
Use this code to deTine a
pair of line addresses that are
not used or not installed.
A (e.g. la, 2a, 3a, 4a, etc.)
Use this code to define a pair
of installed line addresses for a
LIB type that does not have a line
set type specified. (e.g. LIB type 7)
B (e.g. 1b, 3b, ,4b, etc.)
C (e. g. 1c, 4c, etc.),

02
03
04

o

OS

E

06

F

Configuration Data set

(

\.

".
./

o
0

1

_I"~,'

o

I

,:;,.,te,tw#ihtW#H'tfM'fH±Iri'b'h

t

ri

tb

+

H

d t=

'±+at ±rl t

J

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

I

•

5

*H

t

I

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DATA SET DESCRIPTION

07
08
OA
OB
OD
OEOE

G or GA
H
J
K
S

T or TA (must define 2 partitions for each
line set>
U
(must define 2 partitions for each
line set)

OFOF
10
1313

W

Z

(must define 2 partitions for
each line set)
ALC RPQ (858657) type 2 scanner only
Reverse Chan RPQ (858664) type 2 scanner
only
x-v Plotter RPQ (858663) type 2 scanner
only
N jumpered for medium speed operation
(9600 bits per second or less)
N jumpered for high speed operation
(greater than 9600 bits per second,
must define 2 partitions)

30
34
38
39
3A3A

Card

-

bt

D99-3705D-06

CONFIGURA~ION

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

dts

D12

62-69

40-55

Line set type codes installed in LIB
position 2 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1)

D13

6A-71

56-71

Line set type codes installed in LIB
position 3 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1>

72

Continuation character (any character
except / )

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

Block
Addr

CDS
Byte

5

Cal'd
Col
1-15

72-79

Configuration Data Set

16-31

Contents
Must be blank
Code for line set types installed in LIB
position 4 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1)
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

T3705A

A.17

- ----

---

~-- .... ----~--

----- ----- -.....-- ---.-------------- --

---

L

o

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

A.2.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - SECOND SCANNER BLOCK E

c

The type 2 or type 3 scanner defined by block type E is identical to
block type D except for the installed position and number of LIBs
available.
Refer to block D for the format.
If no scanner is
;nst~lled in this position ~nd no further date blocks are required,
punch a slash (/) in the 1st column of this block and omit the
continuation character for this card to end the CDS (no further
punching is required).

(r'
~Y

Card
5

Addr

EOO

Byte
7A

Contents

Col
32-33

CS defined by this block

32

= 4 If type 2 communication scanner

3 If type 3 Hi-Speed Communication
Scanner
2 If type 3 communication scanner

33

= 1 CS address bits for 2nd Scanner.

7B-7C

34-37

Blank

70

38-39

RPQ Definition Byte (Refer to CS1)

E02

7E-81

40-47

Oscillator speed codes

E06

82-87

48-59

LIB type codes

EOC

88-80

60-71

LIB position 1 line set types lines 0-8

72

Continuation character (any character
except / )

73-80

Any Desired Data (Ref card 1)

EOl

Card

Block
Addr

CDS
Bvte

6

Card
Col
1-15

8E-SF

16-19

Contents
Must be blank
LIB position 1 line set types lines

C~NF

("
J

•

;;.71

c
A.lS

T370SA

Configuration Data Set

o
c

o

o
o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

ElO

90-97

20-35

LIB position 2 line set types lines O-F

E14

98-9F

36-51

LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F

E18

AO-A7

52-67

LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F

ElC

A8-A9

68-71

LIB position 5 line set types lines 0-3
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

72

Continuation Character (any character
except /)

73-80
7

1-15

E20

Any desired data (See card 1)
Must be blank

AA-AF

16-27

LIB position 5 line set types lines 4-F
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

BO-B7

28-43

LIB position 6 line set types lines O-F
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

B8-Be

44-53

Blank

BD-C2

54-65

C3E4F3F7FOF5 if communication scanner
is installed in frame 3 or 4.

C3-C4

66-69

Hexadecimal representation
of unique two
digit identification number assigned by
the CE to this CDS.
Example:
ID number 01 would be - "FOF1".
IF a 3rd or 4th CS is installed, this
number must be the same as that in col.
42-43 of the symbolic CDS entry.

70

Slash (/)

73-80

Any desired data (ref. card 1>

T3705A

A.19

o
o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA seT DESCRIPTION

099-37050-06

A.2.3 SYMBOLIC CDS ENTRY FOR COMMUNICATION SCANNERS 3 AND 4
This CDS entry is necessary only when the third or fourth
communication scanners are present. The symbolic n~me of this. CDS
will be the characters CU370S plus a unique two digit identification
number. An example would be "CU370S0l". This CDS entry will only be
used by T3705A.
NO Reference to this CDS entry should ~ be made
with the "Device/TEST/OPT/" parameter. This CDS entry must be placed
directly behind the first CDS entry for this device.
Block
Addr
1

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

Contents/Description

1

Must be blank

2-4

CDS

5-21

Blank

22-23

= 40 class code

24-25

= 06

26-29

Blank

30-31

= 08

32-35

Blank

36-41

= CU3705

42-43

= Two digit identification

unit or type code

of this box's COS.
Example: 01
44-71

Blank

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

,

/

(~
A.20

T3705A

Configuration Data Set

C,
,

(

,.

;:

o

p,j,'rJH'

'i

'!

!

Ii I ft"

U 111111

liB!!

,!I!!

'lit

Wnt!,! mrW''''WbH''H'fLW'UNHlhII'MM''b.'N . . . .·.IAWyu!Il!'...y

Itee"!IwI!o!Iw

+ •

*

o

•
•
•
•o
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CO; ':"'",LLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESC..~ ... PTION

A.2.3.1 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - THIRD SCANNER BLOCK E
Refer to the note in second scanner.
Block
CDS
Card
Ce-al"d
Addr
Byte
Col
Contents
1-15

2

EOO

122

16-17
16

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

099-37050-06

Must be blank
Installed CS configuration

=4

If type 2 communication scanner

= 3 If type 3 Hi-Speed communication

17
123-124 18-21

scanner
If type 3 communication scanner
(CS Adr bits for 3rd Scanner)
Blank

125

RPQ

22-23

=2
=2

definition byte (refer to CS1)

E02

126-129 24-31

Oscillator speed codes

E06

12A-12F 32-43

LIB type codes

EOC

130-137 44-59

LIB position 1 line set types lines O-F

E12

138-130 60-71

LIB position 2 line set types lines 0-8

Block
Addr

CDS
Byte

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (refer to card 1)

Card
Col
1-15

3

Contents
Must be blank

13E-13F 16-19

LIB postion 2 line set types lines C-F

E14

140-147 20-35

LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F

E18

148-14F 36-51

LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F

EIC

150-157 52-67

LIB position 5 line set types lines O-F

Configuration Data Set

T3705A

A.21

tnt t

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

(

"
",'

Not valid for type 3 scanner.

C'

LIB position 6 line set types lines 0-3
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

c

'I'

E20

158-159 68-71
72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

4

1-15

\

c
c

Must be blank

15A-15F 16-27

LIB position 6 line set types lines 4-F
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

A.2.3.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER -

FOURTH SCANNNER BLOCK E

I:C

c

Refer to the note in the second scanner
Contents

/

I

EOO

160

28-29

Installed CS configuration

28

= 4 If type 2 communication scanner
= 3 If type 3 Hi-Speed communication
=
=

29

scanner
2 If type 3 communication scanner
3 (CS Adr bits for 4th Scanner)

161-162 30-33

Blank

163

RPQ definition byte (refer to CS1)

34-35

E02

164-167 36-43

Oscillator speed codes

E06

168-16D 44-55

LIB type codes

EOC

16E-l75 56-71

LIB position 1 line set types lines O-F

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

""i~7

\

/

C
A.22

T3705A

----------------~----

Configuration Data Set

--

----

-

--,

,

-~-~

O~I

o
o

""I

'HAUl!

lHI1'!t/Jl:1!!I!1 I!UII I.

!II PM I

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

o

Block
Addr

•
•
•

Card
Col
1-15

5

•

I
•
••
•
•
•

COS
Byte

099-37050-06

Contents
Must be blank

E12

176-170 16-31

LIB position 2 line set types lines O-F

E14

17E-1B5 32-47

LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F

E18

186-180 48-63

LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F

E1C

1BE-1BF 64-71

LIB position 5 line set types lines 0-7
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

Block
Addr

CDS
Byte

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

Card
Col
1-15

6

E20

Contents
Must be blank

190-195 16-23

LIB position 5 line set types lines 8-F
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

196-19D 24-39

LIB position 6 line set types lines O-F
Not valid for type 3 scanner.

40

SLASH (/) End of CDS

The punched card format of the 3705 CDS is as follows:
Card 1

1

Blank

2-4

CDS

5-9

Blanks

10-25

Configuration Data Set

Bytes 0 to 7 of the CDS
(one Hex character per column)

T3705A

A.23

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SeT DESCRIPTION

Card 2

099-37050-06

26-29

Blanks (becomes byte 8 of CDS)

30-31

Flags (byte 9 of CDS)

32-51

Zeros (bytes 10-19 (X'OA'-X'13')
of CDS)

52-67

Symbolic name of CDS for network
control pr09r~m (bytes 20-27
(X'14'-X'1B) of CDS)

68-71

First two bytes of variable data
(bytes 28-29 (X'lC'-X'ID')
of CDS)

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired information, such as
machine ID, card count, etc.

1-15

(

Blanks

16-71

Bytes 30-57 (X'lE'-X'39') of
the CDS (one Hex character per
column)

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (refer to Card 1)

Cards 3-6 Same format as Card 2.
Card 3

CDS bytes 58-85 (X'3A'-X'55')

Card 4

CDS bytes 86-113 (X'56'-X'71')

Card 5

CDS bytes 114-141 (X'72'-X'8D')

Card 6

CDS bytes 142-169 (X'BE'-X'A9')

Card 7

1-15

(~

Blanks

C'
/'

A.24

T3705A

Configuration Data Set

o
o

o

...!.L.-.

-I

,Llwf'

dltnrW'*tt ddrlpt. t

htt t

I rit hi

#7##+

i

dut#HftzHr£ww4+z

Le"

i

Ibn!'

b'i! I

a/flrrl

!}

II 'IVW',,'II'''1j

u.

'/!!IU!!L"H'IfIHHHI!IHIiMIlNi'Ie.IIHI'dHLfN&!!'WLfI. . . .

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I
I.
II

•
•
•
•
•
•

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS COM7~OlleR
CONFIGURATION DATA seT OESC~:?TION

16-69

COS bytes 170-196 (X'AA'-X'C4')

70

Slash (/)

71-72

Blanks

73-80

Any desired data (refer to Card 1)

A.2.4.1 SYMBOLIC CDS ENTRY COMMUNICATION SCANNERS 3 AND 4
Contents
Card 1

1

2-4
5-21
22-25
26-29
30-31
32-35
36-41
42-43
44-71
72
73-80

Blank
CDS
Blank
4006
Blank
'08

Blank
CU370S
A unique two digit identification number
assigned to the 3705 CDS.
Blank
Contination character (any character>
Any desired data (refer to Card 1)

Cards 2-5 Same format as Card 2 of first CDS.
Card 2

CDS Bytes

290-317

(X'122'-X'130')

Card 3

COS Bytes

318-345

(X'13E'-X'159')

Card 4

CDS Bytes

346-373

(X'15A'-X'175')

Card 5

CDS Bytes

374-401

(X'176'-X'18F')

Card 6

1-15
16-39
40

41-72
73-80

TOTE Unit Configurator

Blank
(X'190'-X'19D')
402-413
CDS Bytes
Slash (/)
Blanks
Any desired data (refer to Card 1)

T3705A

A.25

IJIlUOIF

------- - . ----

---~------

----.- --- -- --------- ---

-

- ---_.. - --_._--_.

o
o
09.9-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR
The 3705 Unit Configurator requires an interface to Telecommunications
On-Line Test Executive (TOTE), a sub-task of TCAM.
When a TCAM MCP,
message control program, is running, a configurator request message
(CRM) may be entered at the system console or a remote terminal
defined in the MCP.

c
1(""

\

The following is an ex~mple of a configurator ~equestmessage at the
system console when a MCP named TeST is running:

c

F TEST,OLT=SYSCON///CONFIG/
Refer to the OS TCAM User's Guide, GC30-2025 for more detail on the
functions of TOTE.

-)I

c

The TOTE configurator issues the following messages:
IED211I ON-LINE TESTING ACTIVE
IED3351
***CONTROL TERMINAL ID IS 01***
IED280I CONFIGURATOR STARTED
*00 IED282D ENTER FUNCTION: ADD,CHANGE,DELETE,EXHIBIT, OR NONE
Respond with: r OO,'add' if the CDS does not exist, 'change' to alter
an existing CDS, etc.
Exhibit provides a display of an existing CDS.
After the above response, the TOTE Configurator requests a line
address or a symbolic terminal name.
To configure a 3705 with more
than 2 scanners, requires two configure runs.
The second run is
called a CDS extension. When adding or changing the CDS, 'CU3705XX'
where XX ;s a 2-digit alphanumeric entry.
To define the main part of the CDS without a CDS in the CDS
library, respond to the above question with the native address on the
3705.
Respond with:

(''''

I

I

-y

r OO,'OOa' for example.
The next question from the TOTE Configurator is:
*00 IED316D IS THE DEVICE TO BE CONFIGURED A 3704?

Reply YES OR NO.

C:
C'
--"

T3705A

A.26

TOTE Unit Configurator

o

o
o

"hH'!!!!W'I!'

P'HW'*WPM+'-,tN,.,_

t

N ,'I!"l!iW!J!'lhLwM"''''

ue·"WNlttli.'P

'N" Y"." ...N,ey

.... 9 _ -

• •"

. .' "

"MI!.

",'''·''6' If

",·MP,......

"NI,. . . " - M

'If' ' .. III·' IIi!.

Wn

11M .tiM"N.

I'W..! l w. . .·I!'I+!!W!l!' tWW PlMY

+Ii

+W",*,W· !iii" '!!IfM,W'W"'wMI' M"WWW-* ...' "Wfe.tHI" &hi

o

•
•
•
•o
•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR

099-37050-06

Respond with:
r OO,'NO'
The next question from the 3705 Unit Configurator
'IS THIS CONFIG AN EXTENSION?'
Respond to the first part with: r OO,'N' or 'NO'.
second part with: r OO,'yes'.

Respond to the

Information needed for Unit Configuration is:
Is the device shared?
Is the two channel switch present?
Is the first ch~nnel adapter type 1 or 2?
Is a second channel adapter installed?
What type is the first channel adapter?
The lowest emulator line address.
What is the number of contiguous emulator lines installed.
Does an NCP have a symbolic name for the line being configured?
The letter 'C' is to suffix the NCP CDS symbolic name.
For example:
If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP', the NCP CDS symbolic
name will be 'RTPC'.
The three digit model number of the 3705, (eg. 007).
Two digit
address for channel 1 interface A.
Two digit address for channel
2 interface A (if applicable).
Governor speed for channel
adapters.
Oscillator speeds. What is the type of the first
scanner? RPQ definition for CCU, and scanners? How many
scanners? LIB types for each scanner?
Line set types for each
LIB.
Two digit suffix for symbolic name of extended CDS (if
applicable).
When the question sequence following appears:
REFER TO THE CDS GUIDE FOR LINE SET TYPE CODES REFER TO
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR RPQ DEFINITION ENTER 00 FOR LINE
SETS NOT INSTALLED *0 IEDl36D ENTER 8 (2 DIGIT) CODES FOR LIB 1
LINE SETS
Respond with eight two digit codes defining the line set types for

TOTE Unit Configurator,

T3705A

A.27

--_..

-._. --_.-----------

._-_.._---

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR

099-3705D-06

lIB 1. The example response following is for eight line sets type A
in lIB 1.
r 00,'0101010101010101'
When the 3705 Unit Configurator Module receives the response, control
returns to the TOTE Configurator.
If the library data set, into which
the new CDS is to be placed, is date protected, the following message
prints out at the terminal or console:

*xx

IECI07D E 190,YYYYYY,TEST,ZZZZZZ

c
c
c
c

In this message, XX is the message ID, 190 ;s the address where the
OlT library disk pack is mounted, YYYYYY is the serial number of the
disk pack mounted, TEST is the name of the MCP, ZZZZZZ is the DSNAME
of the OLT library.
If this message occurs, respond with r xx,'u'.
To add or alter a CDS extension at the 'Enter Function' request of the
TOTe configurator, the following message appears:

,~

,

*00 IED304D IS THIS A CDS EXTENSION CONFIGURATION?

/'

(~
A.28

T370SA

OlTEP Unit Configurator

o
o

o

±"

I!

I

I

I

'

191

'i!I"!~!

1&

M!n!!!i

"u.\tt'WM"I/'y'Y"IWNttW,,'M. .M'. . . . . 'IM!'· _ s i p .

t

f*

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I.
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR

099-37050-06

A.4 UNIT CONFIGURATOR UNDER OLTSEP AND OLTEP
Configuration data set (CDS) generation or alteration under OLTSEP may
be invoked by entering a test request message to run T3700GEN.
Alter
an existing CDS by including EXT=CHANGE in the option field.
A new
CDS may be generated by not using the EXT option.
COS can be generated or altered for the following areas of testing.
3705
3704
1050
2740

2741

2770
2780
2792
3270
3780

RFT's
NC?

Examples of test request messages showing how to invoke CDS
generation and alteration are:
R 01,'OOD/3700GEN/NFE/'

R Ol,'00D/3700GEN/NFE,EXT=CHANGE/'
The address portion of the above messages must be that of the card
punch. When the generation of the CDS is complete T3700GEN punches
the CDS cards.
The cards can be used to replace the old cards or be
added in the CDS deck for the OLTSE? system to be changed.
Then the
final step would be to do the CONFIG run under SOSP.
A.4.1 OPERATOR MESSAGES
After entering the test request message (TRM) for T3700GEN, prompting
questions direct the operator.
Each line of message to the console
device is siven a number required by OLT directives.
The messagfJ
used are self explanatory and are only listed to verify that the
message is a unit configurator message.
The 3 digit numbers preceding each message on the console are
assigned to the following areas of CDS development.
3705
3704
NCP
1050
2740

OLTEP Unit Configurator

Msg Numbers 508-557, 583-621 and 640-662

Msg Numbers 558-582 and 665-699
Msg Numbers 293-351
Msg Numbers 356-402

Msg Numbers 416-468

T3705A

A.29

()
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR

2741
RFT's
RFT's
RFT's
RFT's
RFT's
RFT's

2770
2780
3780
3792
3270

Msg
Msg
Msg
M5g

Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
r,1sg Numbers
Nsg Numbers
t-159 Numbers

D99-3705D-06

(

),

j

c:
c
c

469-502
200-248
249-264
265-270
270-275
276-280
280-285

The following is a typical message at a console device:

c

c

04 SEPIOID 508 IS THIS DEVICE SHARED?

Respond with either r 04,'YES' or r 04,'NO'
The following information is needed for 3705 CDS generation.
Is the device sh~red?
Is a two channel switch present?
What type is the first channel adapter?
Is there a 2nd channel adapter?
Are there emulator lines to define?
The lowest emulator line address.
The number of contiguous emulator lines.
Does an NCP h~ve a symbolic n~me for the line being configured?
The letter 'c' is to suffix the NCP CDS symbolic name.
For example:
If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP', the NCP CDS symbolic name
will be 'RTPC'.
The model number of the 3705.
Two digit address for channell interface A.
Two digit address for channel 2 interface A (if applicable).
Governor speed for channel adapters.
Oscillator speeds.
What type is the first communication scanner?
RPQ definition for CCU, and scanners?
How m~ny sc~nners?
LIB types for each scanner?
Line set types for each LIB.
Two digit suffix for symbolic name of extended CDS (if applicable).
When the following question sequence appears:

"c'
( ,

A.30

T3705A

OLTEP Un;t Configurator

~,

o
o
0,

1

,

"

111M'

o

•
•
•
•o
•
•
•
•

I

J

'I

!

! II

"

t

1/

tiH

t'W

!Iii' /

!!

"I'

[litH

II!!

I

r

'*'I11L'

'Will'

It

It

H'

I

!

II

i

II

I

jll!

II!

J!!hLuU!.I

[Jltl

Mt

1111

r'2'11

I!

,11

II,' I

!

II!!

III',!

I!

t'ijWMif)

j

I!

II

II' IJ[Sll#'

•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR

099-37050-06

REFER TO THE CDS GUIDE FOR LINE SET TYPE CODES
REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR RPQ DEFINITION
ENTER 00 FOR LINE SeTS NOT INSTALLED
*****00 IED1360 ENTER 8 (2 DIGIT) CODES FOR LIB 1 LINE SETS

Respond with eight two digit codes defining the line set types in
LIB 1. The ex~mple ~esponse following is fo~ eight line sets type A
in LIB 1.
~

00,'0101010101010101'

For information applicable to terminal CDS development, see IBM
D;~9nostic Pro9r~m On-Line Terminal Test User's Guide,
D99-2705B.
Mainten~nce

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
••

OLTEP Unit

Configu~ator

T3705A

A.3l

*

I

r'

..

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR

o
o
(

t
j

G

o
c

c
c

c
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

A.32

T3705A

OLTEP Unit Conf;gurator

0
C

o

1

o

•
•
•o
o

•
•
•
•~

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

D99-3705D-06

APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX
Display Display Description of
A Code B Code Display Code

Manual Intervention
Required

FFFF

Set DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch to FUNCTION 4.
Set
storage Address/Register
Data switches.

8000

Enter Part 1 of an 1FT
request.

Switch
B

Adapter number
Example:
Switch B
1 for channel
adapter one;
= 3 for type 2
communication
scanner number 3;
= 0 for all of the
adapters tested
by the IFT
requested.

=

I
/

,

•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

Description

C

DCM Symptom Index

1FT NO.
= 0 for all 1FT's
CCU 1FT
= 21 for
storage IFT
= 3 for
type 1
= for
channel adapter 1FT
2
= 4 for type adapter
channel
1FT
type 1
5
for
=
communication
scanner 1FT
type 2
6
for
=
communication
scanner IFT.
type 3
7
for
= communication
scanner IFT

X3705ACA

Page No. B.1

'-~-------'----------"~'-'--'

..

"

.---_._.-

.....

o
(
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

'"

.)'

D99-3705D-06

=9

for type.4
channel adapter
IFT
Routine Number

D8:E

= 00 for all routines
of the selected
1FT
= 01 for only routine
one etc.

c
c

Press control panel START
push button.
FFFF

8001

Error on entering
part 1 of request.

DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch not in FUNCTION 4.
Re-enter part 1.

FFFF

8002

Enter part 2 of an IFT
request.

Set DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch to FUNCTION 4.
Select CE sense switches
according to the following
(combine for actual switch
values):
S~Ji tch

c
(

~~I2~

Problem definition mode.
Restart routine on first
error.
Loop on first error.
Bypass error stoP.
Cycle on request.
Include manual
intervention routines.
Repeat each routine X
times
Halt before execution.
Bypass new error stops.
Wait before continuing.

. 1

• • • -2

. 4
•
·

. . 8
. 1 .

•

• 2 •

•

• 4 •

8 .
· 1 . .
8 • • .

(~

Press control panel START
push button.
FFFF

8003

Error on entering

o

DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch

C

~I
,"

Page No.

B.2

X3705ACA

DCM Symptom Index

o

o
o

I~

,

•

,,,,,

",

II'

'"

,,""'""''''''''''''!''

H"

,.,,""", _ _' - -.........._

.........
'
~

o
o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

o
o
o
o
o

•
I
•o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

FFFF

8004

D99-3705D-06

part 2 of request.

not in FUNCTION 4.
Re-enter
part 2. See stop 8002 for
procedure to enter
part 2.

Requested 1FT number
is not defined in the
configuration data
set (CDS).

Enter part 1 again.
Reg
X'lS' bits 0.4-0.7
Requested IFT number.
See stop 8000 for procedure
to enter part 1 of request.

=

=

FFFF

8005

Request 1FT number was
found but the requested
adapter number is not
defined in the
Configuration Data Set.

Reg X'lS' bits 0.0-0.3
requested adapter number.
Enter part 1 of request
again.
See stop 8000 for
procedure to enter part 1.

FFFF

8006

1FT number or section
number in the 1FT
Preface of the 1FT
loaded is not correct.

The wrong IFT was loaded
or the numbers in the
preface are wrong.
Reg X'13' = Loaded IFT/
Section number.
byte 0 = IFT number
byte 1 = Section number
Reg X'lS' = IFT/Section Number
desired (In 1FT preface of
1FT loaded)
byte 0 = 1FT number
byte 1 = Section number
Check the messages at System/360
or 370 console for further
er~ur messages concerning this
1FT load request.
Re-enter part
1 of request.
See stop 8000
for procedure to enter part 1.

FFFF

8007

The requested routine
number was not found
in any of the routine
prefaces of the
requested IFT.

Reg X'lS' (Byte 1) = Requested
routine number.
Enter part 1
of request again.
See stop
8000 for procedure to enter
part 1.

oeM

Symptom Index

X370SACA

Page No. B.3

-

-. _ ....... ---..-

---~-.

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX

D99-37050-06

XXX X

8008

The OCM has halted
before executing the
routine number in
Display A.

To execute the routine, set
the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch to the FUNCTION 5
(continue) and press the
control panel START push
button.
Note - this stop
occurred because CE Sense
switch "Halt before
execution" is on.

XXXX

8009

DISPLAY/FUNCTION
SELECT switch was
not in the FUNCTION
5 (continue) to continue
from a halt before
execution.

Set the switch and try again.

XXXX

800A

DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
s~itch was not in the
FUNCTION 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort)
when a request was mQde
to continue from ~n
error stop or a m~nual
intervention stop.

Set the switch and try again.

XXXX

8XII

Group 0 IAR is not the
active IAR.

Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION
SELECT switch to the STATUS
position.
If level 1 is
not entered, a progr~m error
has occurred on the highest
level entered that has caused
a branch to the OCM level 1
interrupt handler.
If level
1 is entered, there is a
failure in the hardware that
selects Group 0 registers
when level 1 is active.
To
recover, reload.

Page No.

8.4

X3705ACA

OCM Symptom Index

''4L.?

o

o ·
o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

XXXX

8Xl2

A level 1 Interrupt
has occurred for an
adapter not being
tested by the IFT
Routine.

Reg X'05' = X = address of
error data.
X to X + 6 valid.
Reset the error condition,
then select FUNCTION 5
(continue) or FUNCTION 6
(abort) and press the START
push button.
address data
level 1 Interrupt
request bits tested:
byte 0
bit 1
Type 1, 2,
or 3 CS I 1
level 1
bit 2 = Type 2 or 3
CS # 2
level 1
bit 3 = Type 2 or 3
CS'tI; 3
bit 4 = Type 2 or 3
CS tt 4
level 1
bit 5 = Type 1, 2,
3, or 4 CA 1
CA # 1 level 1
bit 6 = Type 2, 3,
or 4 CA # 2
level 1

X

=

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

DCM Symptom Index

X+2

Interrupted level
byte 1
bit 0 = level 2
bit 1 = level 3
bit 2 = level 4
bit 3 = level 5

X+4/X+6

Lagging address reg.
Address of instruction
when interrupt
occurred or address
of last valid
instruction before

X3705ACA

Page No. 8.5

(,

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

D99-3705D-06

interrupt occurred.
X+8/X+A

Data in local store
register (R field)
address by the input
or output
instruction.

X+C

Input/output
instruction that
failed. Bits 0.1
to 0.3 C\nd bits
1.0 to 1.3 = external
register. Bits 1.4
to 1.5
C for input,
= 4 for output

o
o
o

c
c

=

=

=

XXXX

8X13

A level 1 interrupt
has occurred for an
input/output check.

Reg X'OS'
X
address of
error data.
X to X+C valid.
See definition in 8X12.
Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort) then
press the START push button.

XXXX

8X14

The DCM level 1
interrupt handler
attempted to reset
the Input/Output
Check defined in
8X13 and the input/
output check request
bit (Reg X'7E', bit
1.2) did not reset.

Select FUNCTION S (continue)
or 6 (abort) and press the
START push button to retry
the reset.

XXXX

8X1S

A level 1 interrupt

Reg X'OS'
X
address of
error data.
X to X+6 valid.
See definition in 8X12.
Select FUNCTION S (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and
press the START push button.

has occurred for a
protection check.

= =

)

(~
Page No.

B.6

X3705ACA

oeM

Symptom Index

o
o
o

['II"IImll!

jllt)1

iii' IIU!WN",WW NP'ltMM'd.'W"MI,U,,·,tI

11'111"

"II!I'ill'Ii'iV'l

'I

til'

M,+ '1D!

11111

I '~t~JII! !III

II

I I "!"W"MfWMlNHHUMW"WhWf&fflWl 'I'

H'

hi! '!fIN'te'

!

'! 't ,,'I"!!!

h

!

'n

'h1!1I!

W'

UiHIIi {If \ttl&"

'"W'Y'dI'I!WW"l¥li,#"ue'9' dfltf1HIMI/\N',/MM"MwM.""Wlf"Hb'f

t,

"''''/taW''¥' ""

f

tWit "INWW"'''''''*WMw'M'IWlI, .. I!!JjJ

o ·

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

= =

XXXX

aXI6

A level 1 interrupt
has occurred for an
address exception
check.

Reg X'05'
X
address of
error data. X to X+6 valid.
See definition in 8X12.
Select FUNCTIONS 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and
press the START push button.

XXXX

aXI7

A level 1 interrupt
has occurred for an
invalid op check.

Reg X'OS'
X
address of
error data. X to X+6 valid.
See definition in 8X12.
Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and
press the START push button.

XXXX

aXI8

The DCM level I
interrupt handler
attempted to reset
the protection check,
address exception, or
invalid Op check
defined above and the
request bit (Reg X'7E',
bit 1.1, 1.3, or 1.4)
did not reset.

Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
and press the START push
button to retry the reset.

XXXX

8XI9

A level 1 interrupt
has occurred for an
IPl request. An IPl
request should cause
a ROS load.

Reg X'05'
X
address of
error data. X is valid.
See definition in 8X12.
Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
and press the START push
button.

XXXX

BXIA

The DCM level 1
interrupt handler
attempted to reset
the IPl request
defined in 8X19 and
the request bit (Reg
X'7E', bit 1.6) did
not reset.

Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
and press the START push
button to exit level 1 if
"loop on fir'st error" CE
sense switch is not on.
If
"loop on first error"
switch is on, the program
will try to reset again.

XXXX

aXIB

The DCM is unable to
exit interrupt level
1 after being loaded

Run initial test that checks
instruction execution at
each level.

DeM Symptom Index

= =

= =

X3705ACA

Page No. B.7

IN

0

'I

0
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

099-37050-06

(~~"

, ,i

('- '0

(t../

and given control
(for the first time)
on level 1.
XXXX

XXXX

aX20

aX31

An unexpected level 2
interrupt has occurred.

A level 3 interrupt
has occurred for an
adapter not being
tested by the IFT
routine (INTERRUPT
push button and timer
interrupts are
expected and do not
cause this error).

C
Us~ the control panel to
determine cause and to reset
the cause.
Then set select
FUNCTION 5 (continue) or
6 (abort) and press the START
push button.
Reg X'76' and
Reg X'7E' define request bits.

=

Reg X'OD'
x
error data.

= address

0

C
C

of

!f\

Addr
X

\tj

Data
level 3 interrupt
request bits tested
Bit 1.2 = Type 2 or 3
CA # 2
Bit 0.3 = Type 1 or 4 CA
Data/Status
Bit 1.4
Type 1, 2, 3, or 4
CA # 1 Initial

(
,.'

=

Reset the level 3 adapter
interrupt condition.
Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort)
and press the START push
button.
XXXX

8X32

A level 3 interrupt
has occurred for an
unexpected PCI level
3 interrupt.

=

~

I
~
~

\

=

Reg X'OD'
X
address of error
data.
See stop 8031 for data
me~n;ng.
Select FUNCTION 5
(continue) and press the START
push button to allow program
to attempt to reset the PCI
level 3.

c
Page No.

B.a

X3705ACA

DCM Symptom Index

0

o
p

1

I

i

I f i III!!

&

'rI!

I

til!:!"",,' lIU'elM"

I

.... ""."

t

n::nnIn+ d

!

be b

o ·
o

•
•o

IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX

XXXX

8X33

The OCM level 3
interrupt H~ndler
attempted to reset the
PCI level 3 defined
above and the PCI
level 3 request bit
(Reg X'7F', bit 1.6)
did not reset.

Select FUNCTION S .(continue)
and press the START push
button to allow the program to
try to reset the PCI level 3
again.

XXXX

8X34

The DCM level 3
interrupt handler
attempted to reset
the interval timer
interrupt request bit
and the request bit
(Reg X'7F', bit 1.S)
did not reset.

Select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
and press the START push
button to cause the OCM to try
to reset again.

XXXX

8X3S

The DCM level 3
interrupt Handler
attempted to reset
the INTERRUPT push
button request and the
request bit (Reg X'7F',
bit 0.6) did not reset.

Press the START push button to
cause OCM to try to reset ag~in.

XXXX

8X40

An unexpected level 4
interrupt has occurred.

NOTE:
PCI Level 4 is set DCM
and should be on all the
time except while some CCU
IFT routines are running.
Use the control panel to
determine cause and to reset
the cause before using
continue function.
Reg X'7F'
defines the request bits.

0000

8060

Requested utility
function performed.

If hard stop light is on, set
up other utility functions or
select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press
the START push button.
(If
previous stop was code 8000
through 8007 select FUNCTION 4
(request) and complete your

o

•
•
•
•

I
•
••
•
••
••
•

099-370SD-06

OCM Symptom Index

X370SACA

Page No. B.9

o

•

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX

099-37050-06

request).
If the
INTERRUPT push button
used was to do the utility
function, this display
code is for information
only ~nd the program
should still be running.
0000

8061

The request for a
p~ne1 utility is not
correct.

Check switch positions and try
ag&in. Possibilities:
Switch B is not set for a valid
Possibilities:
utility request code.
Switch C is not set to 0 or 1
for Byte 0 or 1 on a CE Switch
Request.

0000

8062

The test condition
specified has not
been met.

The following registers
of the active level
contain these parameters:
Register - X '01'
Rl=address tested
R3=contents of address
R5=error bits
If the status indicates that
level 1 ;s active, Register
I, Register 3, and Register 5
= registers X'Ol', X'03', and
X'05'.
If the status indicates
that level 3 is active,
Register 1, Register 3, and
Register 5 = registers X'09',
X'OB', and X'OD'.
Select
function to terminate utility,
to continue, etc. press
the START push button.

c

(
\~

~L

c
c
Page No.

B.10

X3705ACA

OCM Symptom Index

0 ·,
"I

o

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I
•
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTRtiL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

0000

8064

Enter the mask in
the STORAGE ADDRESS/
REGISTER DATA
switches for testing
the contents of the
address to display,
press the START
push button if the
hard stop light is on.

Press the INTERRUPT push
button if the program
is running.

0000

8065

Enter the expected data
in the STORAGE ADDRESS/
REGISTER DATA switches
for testing the
contents of the address
to display, then press
the START push button
if the hard stop
light is on.

Press the INTERRUPT push
button if the program ;s
running_

0000

8066

Enter the address to
display.

Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION
SELECT switch to:
A

*

storage address to
display contents of
storClge location.
register address to
display contents of
register.

set the STORAGE ADDRESS/
REGISTER DATA switches
to:
ABCDE=storage address
B/O =register address
Press the START push button
if the hard stop light is on.
Press the INTERRUPT push
button if the program ;s
running.

DeM Symptom Index

X3705ACA

Page No. B.l1

•

0
(;

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

D99-3705D-06

(-,:
~",-.i

0000

0000

8067

8068

DISPLAY/FUNCTION
SELECT switch not set
to Storage Address
or Register Address
for code 8066.

Retry with initial utility
request.

Set up for display is
complete.

If the hard stop light is on,
select FUNCTION 5 (continue)
and press the START push
button to continue.
(If
previous stop code was 8000
through 8007 select FUNCTION
4 (request) and complete the
request.
If the program is
running this display code is
for information only.

("
I

C

C
.~

~/

("

~

;'--

XXXX

S06F

The DCM has halted
due to CE sense
switch wait before
oontinuing being on.

This pause may be used
to execute the utility
functions or to change
the STORAGE ADDRESS/
REGISTER DATA switches for
address compare use.
Select
FUNCTION 5 (continue) and
press the START push button
to continue.

FFFF

SOFO

Test request is
finished and no
errors were detected.
The DCM is ready to
accept a new request.

See stop 8000 for procedure
to enter request.

FFFF

80Fl

Test request is
finished and errors
were detected.
The
DCM is ready to accept
a new request.

See stop BOOO for procedure
to enter request.

FFFF

SOF2

Test was aborted by
the operator.

Ready to accept a new
request.
See stop 8000 for
procedure to enter request.

Page No.

B.12

X3705ACA

DCM Symptom Index

.~i"

\,

'1

j'

)

)

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SfMPTOM

XXXX

BOFF

A program or hardware
failure has caused a
branch to storage
location zero.

See interrupt entered indicator
to determine interrupt level.
Oisplay A is the address of
instruction that caused the
branch to location zero if
level 1 is not active.
(The
address also is in register
5 of the active level.)
Analyze the program
registers, etc. to
determine why the
branch occurred.
Reload the oeM to
recover from this
error.

FFFF

FFFF

OCM is loaded and
ready for first
IFT request.

See FFFF 8000 for request
procedure. Models with over
64K of storage should also
have both bits of byte X in
Oisplay Bon.

o
o

•
•
•

099-37050-06
IN~EX

I
•
I.

•
•
•
•
OCM Symptom Index

X370SACA

Page No. B.13

(
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

099-37050-06

(
(

o
o
(

This

intention~lly

left

bl~nk.

(

~~

( --"

-/

P~ge

No.

B.14

X3705ACA

OCM Symptom Index

C
0\

ft5b±w4MWLt!t!!ItLetiHu!J'N

u

lit

I

Ibl

1,1

II"

hi!

II

II''''.!!!!

I.

'U

,'["Ld,l!

I!!I!I!!! .,ruI!!!!!i!!,UH':II"D"H!IVUIIHH Y 'db

'i,

"tilM"

I

le"w, IlM!'H"'''MIH

L'N'

"UHet"." • •

•

0

•
•e
•
••
•
•

I

•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX

D99-3705D-06

APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

This

intention~lly

Initial Test - Symptom Index

left blank.

X370SADA

Page No

C~l

I

/

(~

o
o

o

o
o

•o
o

APPENDIX Ca INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ERROR
0108

o

•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

0208

0308

FUN:::TION TESTED
and

!)99-3705D-06

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS FESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
lNG CZ

SUSPECTED
CARD

XXXX

Regis~ers X'02', X'Oq', and
X'06' are tested to ver1fy
data patterns FF, 00, AA, and
55.

0001

IR R2,R2 failed to clear
Byte O.

32 (0) =XX

R2(0)=00

Gl

Note

0002

XR a2,R2 fa1led to clear
By'Ce 1.

R2 (0) =XX

R2 (1) =00

C'1

Note

0003

LH 22,SAVE failed to load
R2 &y~e 0 with all ones.

R2(0)~00

1<2 (J) =FF

11

Nett;

LH R2,SAVE failed to load
R2 Byte 1 w1th all ones.

R2(1)=00

P,2( 1) =FF

11

Note

0005

LH R2,SAVE2 fa1led ~o load
R2 Byte 0 with X'5S'.

R2(0)=FF

R2(~·)=55

11

';01:€

0006

LH R2,SAVE2 failed to load
R2 By'Ce 1 with X'55'.

R2(1)=FF

R2(1)=55

11

Note

0007

LH R2,SAVE3 failed to load
P2 Byte 0 with X'AA'.

R2(0)=55

R2(')-U

11

Note

0008

LH R2,SAVE3 failed ~o load
R2 Byte 0 w1th X'AA'.

R2(11=55

R2(1) =H.

11

!lote

0009

Register X'04' Byte 0
failed to load the correct
data.

Rq (0) =Actual
R5(0)=Expec't.ed

11

Note

0001.

Register X'Oq' Byte 1
failed to load the correct
data.

R4 (1) =Ac't.ual
R5 (0) =Expected

11

':ote 2

OOOB

Register X'06' Byte 0
failed to load the correct
data.

R6 (0) =Ac"":ual
R5 (0) =Expec~ed

11

NOte 2

oooe

Reg1ster 1'06' Byte 1
failed to load the correct
data.

R6 (1) =Actual
F6(0)=Expected

11

~IOte

XXXX

Test to ver1fy that 1nput
X'70' defines a valid maX1mum
address. Test last valid
storage address (max. 64K).
Storage size ind1cated in
Reg 1'70' is incorrect.

xxn

Error Correction Routine This routine runs on 3705-11
Only.
Ability to correct single
bit errors, detect double
bit errors, diagnostic
reg rese~.

0001

Error correction failed
to rese'e data bit forced
to 1 via diagnostic Reg.

0002

Error correction failed
to set data bit forced
to 0 via diagnostic Reg.

0003

Initial Test

Failed to detect double
bit error.

R6="ax~mum

address as
calculated from
input X'70'

R6= Expected
data
R4=Bits 1n
error

01

R6=~xpected

01

FEUD

FET~M

2

If dc~ual 3~ori~_
size is gr:eH.e::
tnan 6qu. X'?FF~'
will be used 1Ii
l~eu of '1C<;'ldl
",ax. address.

data
R3=Bits in
error
R3=Expecte'1
R6=Actual

1370SADA C.1

o

r

o
c

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE
OOCLI

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

reg. did not
or test mode d~d
not set. Peset of test mode
should reset the diagnostic reg.
D~agnoSt~c
Rese~

0408

05C!8

0608

0708

0808

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES
Rl=Expecte,1
R3=Actual

c

FETM~

pr.G=:

COMMENTS

01

c

XXXX

Address~ng test
Address ~s stored as
data and veri fLed to be
correct address.

000 1

Data at address does not
match address

Rl=Expecte rl
R5"Actual

XXiX

Storage Test - 3704
ouly, bypassed Lf 37J5.
No error stops should
occur in this routine

N/A

Storage Test - 3704 Only.
No error stops should
occur ~n thLS routine

N/A

XXXX

SUSPECTED
CAaD
FEALD
LOCATIO~ (s)
PA~E

01

Problemm:i{oe .',
checO( it.ems
concerning s~or2._,
If "n15
v~r:fy

70' 7""

er:~r ~~::
~h~~ 1~Pl:

bV"':e

1,

b1t )"1
See
:Oor

commen~s

rout~ne

0509.

XXXX

Storage Test - Store zeros
in background of ones.

0001

Background pattern was
destroyed. Addressing
problem suspected.

Rl=Test
address
R2=Exp. (BacKground)
R5=Bits in error

f this '3rror
occurs, byoass
t!le :::un!\~n:J :>:
In~":1~1 resi: ani
load the 5i:Oraqe
IFT.

0002

Store and then load a
test pattern.

Rl=Test
address
R4=Expectei
R5=BLts in
error.

If this error
occurs, bypass
the running of
Ini t ial re s: an'1
load the stor~qe
1FT.

0003

Load test pattern again
to test restore capability

Rl=Test
a:ddress
R4=Expected
R3=Bits in
error.

If tnis error
occurs, bypass
the runnin:} of
Initial Te~i: ar.l
load the st.or~l-'
1FT.

0004

Par~ty

Fl=Test
address

If this error
occurs, bypass
the runn~nq of
In~tial Test a~J
load the 5toraCl<:
1FT.

XXXX

Storage Test - Store ones
in background of zeros.

0001

Background pattern was
destroyed. Addressing
problem suspected.

Rl=Test address
R2=!xp. (Backgroun~
R5=Bits in error

0002

Store and then load a
test pattern

Rl=Test address
F4=Expected
R5=Bits in error

0003

Load test pattern aga~n
to test restore capabilLty

R1=Test address
it4= ExpectEd
R3=Bits ~n error

C.2 X3705ADA

bit failed.

I

"',
\.

InLtLal Tes:

./

1Jtt-'

0

+

j!

ub

U!L

.,

0

•

't}

0
0
~

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TO RESULTS FESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

ERROR
CODE

0908

XXX X

Program Relocat~on
This Routine is used
to relocate test to
addres& X'2000'. No
error stops should
occur.

OA08

XXXX

Storage Test 0 - 2K.
Store zeros in background of ones

0001

Background pattern was
destroyed. Addressing
problem suspected.

Rl=Test address
R2=EXp. (Background)
R5=B~ts in error.

0002

Store and then load a
"test pattern.

Rl=Test address
r4=Expect .. d
R5=Bits in error

0003

Load tes"t pattern aga~n
to test restore capab~l~ty

Rl=Test address
R4=Expected
R3=Bits in ~rror

0004

Parity bit failed

Rl=Test address

X.o:X

Storage Test 0-2K. Store
ones ~n background of zeros.

OOCl

Background pattern was
destroyed. Addressing
problem suspected.

Rl=Test address
R2=Exp. (Background)
RS=Bits in error

0002

Store and then load a
test pattern.

Rl='!'est address
R4=:;xpected
R5=B~ts in error

0003

Load test pattern aga1n
to test restore capability

Rl=Test address
R4=Sxpected
R3=Bits ln error

XXXX

Program Relocat~on
All data relocated by
Routine 0908 will be
relocated back to
'0000 - OFFE' and
control will be passed
to the C. E. Loop Option
subroutine.
No error
stops should occur.

OB08

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•e

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

POUT

0

•
•

099-37050-1)6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

oe08

lOON

110N

XXXX

Branch

0001

Branch with a d~splacement
of two failed to branch
around error stop.

Instruct~on

FE'l~M

FAG::

COflMENTS

Test.

0002

Prior to issuing the Branch.
Rl was loaded with zeros
to set the CZ latches. After
branching, the CZ latches
are tested to verify that
the Branch did not alter
the CZ latches.

0003

Same as 0001 above.

0004

Same as 0002 above except
Rl (1) ~s loaded with all
ones to set the CZ latches
to 10.

XXXX

LRI and BB Pattern Testing.

Initial Test

SUSPECTED
CARD
PEALO
I,OCATIO'" (s) p r .E

NIA

Rl

(1)

=00

NIA

tl/A

Rl(1)=00

NIA

Gl
A63"2

C0002

6-6uJ

Decole

01

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-641

c,z

La~ch

~a~ll~~

10

A83H2
C~xxx

6-640

C.Z latch

Failur~

AB3~2

ra~l~re

'01:l5AI;A C. '3

o
o
IBI1 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

rOUT

D99-37':'S!l-)6

FUNC'l'ION TESTED
and
EREIOR DESCPIPTION

Level I N I
EXP3C'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST 3XEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
FEAtD
CHD
LaCATIO'! (5) PAGE

FE':'''1:1
PA;;;:;

C~~"lEn"

l5 loaded wl+.h X'OS'
uSlng LRI, then R 1 (1) lS

R1 (1) =05

1'1 (1) =OJ

01

"B3:-i2

:~JJ2

t-PC

Deco~e

0002

F 1 (1) lS loaded wi-:.h all
ones and the cz latches
are test:ed.

R1 (1) =QO

,,1 (1) =f?

10

AB3G2

Czxxx

h-'"

,.._.L..,

1)0'.:3

Rl(11 =H
A serles of 1;:r11:lC:: orJ blt
(Ba) lns-:.ruct.ions l5 ~cerformed on R1 (1) • ane of
the el.ght BB fdl.le1 to branch.

1 (1) =FE'

10

AB3:l2

CJOC'2

6-to

00(04

B8 ln5truct:l.or. (5) altered
tne C2. lat:ches.

Rl (1) =FF

11 1 (1) =FF

1J

AB3:;2

CZxxx

0-("

OO:1S

E 1 (v)

l5 loaded with X'OO'
an'1 -:.hen the cz lacches are
tesced for 01.

31(0)=XX

Fl ('}) =00

01

AB3H2

CnJ~2

.:-", )

~33';2

C2xxx

tleco-:e ?ulJ:e
(;,Z Ta":c!l ?dl.l\l:

A ser .. es 0= B8 lnStructl.ons
is performed on Rl (0) • One
of the el.ght BS branched on
a zero or prevl.ous La:.:

Rl(O)=OO

R 1 (0)

r.r.3ii2

CD102

t--!.o. ')

Decoa€ P,lllllre

ERBOF
CODE
0:))1

R 1 (1)

o

!!'a:'l.lre

xoa wlth X' OS' •

0006

!<

j

:-:l~C!1

!)~cc'>le

:o'al.i.J:" -

r"lilU-'"

(

=0:;

C'l

)

6-1 ',)

::,Z La'tctl ?al.lu::_

c

fa~led.

120N

0007

B8

lnstructl.on altered the
CZ latches.

Rl(O)='JO

Rl(O)=O~

01

.. B3G2

CZXXlC

6-b'

j

'-.,,-

0008

Rl (0) ~s loaded with X'FF'
and then the CZ latches
are tested for 10.

ii 1 (0) =00

Rl(O)=FF

10

AB'i!i2

cron

6-17

~

Decoj€, "'al111::e

0009

A serles of BB l.nstructl.ons
is performed on R1 (0) • One
of the eight B13 fal.led to
branch.

Rl(O)=FF

Rl (0) =FF

1()

" B3H2

CD,)C2

E-6rj

Deco~e

OOOA

BB instructl.on altered
t:he CZ latches.

Rl(O)=FF

Pl(O)=FF

10

:"B3-:;2

CZXXlC

6-6('>:

C.Z Latcn Fal.lll:'>.:

OOOB

Rl (1) l.S loaded with all
zeros and the CZ latches
are tested for 01.

R 1 (1) =Ft'

R 1 (1) =0')

Cl

A83;;2

C7.xxx

6-1'7

C.Z Lacc!! Fall'J::->

OO:;C

A serles of BB lnstrUCt:l.ons
1.5 performed on R1 (1) • One
of the eight BB branched on
a zero or prevl.ous LRI
failed.

Rl(l)=OO

Rl (1) =01)

01

~

B3H2

CDDC2

6-6...,)
6-17':1

Decode l"al.l.1::e

0000

BB instruc+.1.on altered the
CZ latches.

il1 (1) =00

Rl (1) =0:'

01

Ai!3G2

CZxxx

6-6c:i

C.Z Latch Fd.ilur

XXXX

XRI Instruction Testl.ng

0001

XRI or Z latch failed.

Rl (1) =OC

Rl

01

; 33H2
I B3J2

CDxxx
CAO')3
CZXXX

6-17:

~B3G2

~ 33J2
A93H2
~ 33G2

CA')03
CDXXlC
CZxxx

6-17,)

ALU CO:1trol Fal.l J:: ..:
Decode Fal.l'Jre
C.Z Latch Failu::e

6-111

See Note 2 for Bit
bit: =ailures

00C2

Xill or C latch failed when
Rl (1) ~s XOR with all ones.

0003

XRI above failed to produce
the correct data. Testing
is done with B8 INSTRUCTIONS.

0004

XRI fal.led to set Z latch.

COO S

XRI aoove failed to
produce correct data. Testing
done WLth BB Instructions.

Rl

(1)

=00

(1)

=00

R1 (1) =FF

1')

ill (1) =FF

See Note

~

6-66 )

R1 (1) =FF

Laten I>all ,1::

_

1;'ailllre:

Rl

(1)

=0)

C1

See Note

6-17)

See Note
l"ailures

for 9i t

Rl

(1)

=OJ

01

See Note

6-17:1

See lIotl;!
Failures

for

C.4 X370:,ADA

Inidal

.~

.._----- ---------- - - - -

T€'3~

c

l3:l.t

c
o

o ·
o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

130N

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

150N

D99-3705D-')h

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EIPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING C&
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
INST EIEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

0006

XRI or C Latch failed.

Rl (O) =FF

0007

XRI above failed to produce
correct data. Testing done
with BB instructions.

0008

XRI failed to set Z latch.

0009

Above XRI failed to produce
correct data.

Rl (1l =00

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(~

FEALD
PAGE

FET"1'1

PAGE

COMM::'N1S

R 1 (a) =FF

10

See Note 2

6-170

Set! No .. e
Failures

for

'ilT.:

Rl(O)=FF

10

See Note 2

(-170

SeE. NO':e
FailUres

~or

Bit.

Bl(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-17 0

See N01'e

Rl (1) =0:)

01

See Note 2

6-170

See Note

XXXX

ARI Instruction Test.

0001

ARI decode or CZ failure

Rl (1l =OE

Rl(1)=OO

10

AB3G2
AB3J2

CZ002
CA002

6-170

Decode Failure
ALU CTL Failure

0002

ARI or CZ latch failure
adding zero's.

Rl (0) =FF

Rl (0) =FF

00

AB3G2
AB3J2

CZxxx
CA002

6-170

CZ Latch Failure

0003

Above ARI modified high byte.
Testing by IRI

Bl(O)=FF

Rl(O)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

See Note 2 for Bit
Failures

0004

ARI or C latch failure
adding zero's.

Rl (1) =00

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6~170

0005

Above ARI modified low byte.
Testing by IRI.

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0006

CZ latch failure adding
all ones.

Rl (1) =FF

00

See Note 2

6-170

0007

ARI above. failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by IRI.

Rl (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0008

ARI CZ latch failure
adding all ones to all
ones.

Rl(1)=FE

10

See Note 2

6-170

0009

Above ARI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by IRI.

R1(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

XXIX

Data Flow Path Byte One,
Zero's Pattern Sensitivity

0001

IRI or CZ latch failure

0002

Above IRI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

Bl(1)=00

Bl (1) =FF

IRI, BB, BCL and
BZL instructions
are used to verify
bit sensitivity
Rl (1) =00

R1(1)=01

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =01

10

See Note 2

6-170
6-660

0003

IRI failed to set Z latch

B1(1)=01

Rl(1)=00

01

See Note 2

0004

XRI or CZ latch failure

Rl (1) =00

Rl (1) =02

10

See Note 2

6-170

0005

Above IRI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

R1(1)=02

10

See Note 2

6-170
6-660

0006

IRI failed to set Z latch

Rl (1) =02

R1(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0007

IRI or CZ latch failure

B1(l}=00

Rl(1)=04

10

See Note 2

6-170

0008

Above IRI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

R1(1)=04

10

See Note 2

6-170

0009

IRI failed to set Z latch

Bl (1) =04

Rl(1)=00

01

See Mote 2

6-170

OOOA

IRI or CZ latch failure

R1(1)=00

Bl(1) =08

10

See Mote 2

6-170

Initial Test

Any failure in this
routine,_ see Note 2

6-170

13705ADA C.5

o

o
D99-3705D-.16

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

160N

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTrON

Level I N'
EXDEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRrOR TO TES~ IN LEVEL 'N'
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

OOOB

Above XRr failed to produce
correct results. Testing
by BB.

OOOC

XRI failed to set Z latch

OOOD

XRI or CZ latch failure

OOOE

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

OOOF

XRI

fa~led

to set Z latch

0010

XRI or C,Z latch failure

0011

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

0012

XRI

0013

XRr or C,Z latcli failure

0014

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

fa~led

to set Z latch

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(s)

FEALD
PAGE

FE'!'fM
PAG~

Rl(1)=08

10

See

2

6-170

R1 (1) =08

Rl(l)=OJ

01

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =00

Rl(1)=10

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(1)=10

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(1)=10

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =00

Rl(1)=20

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =20

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(l)=20

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(1)=00

Rl(1)=40

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =40

10

See Note 2

6-170

No~e

XRr failed to set Z latch

Rl (1) =40

R1(1)=00

"1

See Note 2

6-170

XRr or C,Z latch failure

Rl(l)=OO

Rl(1)=80

10

See Note 2

6-170

0017

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

R 1 (1) =80

10

See Note 2

6-170

0018

XRI failed to set Z latch

Rl(l)=80

Rl{l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (1) =00

Rl(l)=AA

10

See Note 2

6-170

R1(1)=U

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

XRr or C,Z latch failure
Above XRr failed to produce
correct result. Testing by
Band BB.

001B

XRr failed to set Z •

,~ch

XXXX

Data Flow path By·
One's Pattern S~L

.e,

Rl (1) =AA

0001

XRr or CZ latch failure
Above XRr failed to produce
correct result.
Testing

0003

XRI failed to se Z latch

0004

XRr or C,Z latch failure

0005

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

0006

XRr failed to set Z latch

0007

XRr or C. Z latch failure

0008

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

c
o

\~--

/

XRr,
BZL
are
bit

~vity

0002

,)I

..<"

0016

0019

( "'.

(

0015

DOH

COMMENTS

Rl (1) =FE

10

See Note 2

6-170

R 1 (1) =FE

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(1)=FE

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =00

Rl(l)=FD

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =FD

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl (1) =FD

Rl(l,=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(1)=00

R 1 (1) =FB

10

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (1) =FB

10

See Note 2

6-110

Rl (1) =00

BB, BCL and
instructions
used to verify
sensitiv;

/

Any failure in this
routine, See Note 2

by BB.

'\

lJ009

XRr failed to set Z latch

Rl (1) =FB

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

OOOA

XRr or C, Z latch failure

Rl (1) =00

Rl(1)=F7

10

See Note 2

6-170

X3705ADA

\

:/

(

)I'

"

o
Initial Test

o
o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAl. TEST SY1PTOM INDEX

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I
•
I.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

ROU1'

180N

lH,ROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

OOOB

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

aODC

XRr

nxx

Data Flow Path Byte Zero,
One's Pattern Sensitiv1ty

0001

XRI or c.Z latch failure

0002

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing by
BB.

0003

XRr failed to set Z latch

Rl(O)=EF

0004

XRI or C,Z,latch failure

Rl(O)=OO

0005

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

0006

XRr failed to set Z latch

Rl(O)=DF

t007

XRI or C,Z latch failure

Rl (0) =00

(J008

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
done by BB.

fa~led

to set Z latch

Rl(1)=F7

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(s)

FEALD
PAGE

FE'l'''lt1

PAGZ

Rl (1) =F7

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

COMMENr":

XRI, Ba, 3"-:L an:l
BZL inS~Jr~tlons
are us en to ver~fy
b~t

190N

Rl{O)=OO

Rl{O)=EF

10

See Note

6-17:)

Rl(O)=EF

10

See Note

6-170

R1(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (0) =DF

10

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (0) =DF

10

See Note

6-170

Rl(O)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (0) =BF

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(O)=BF

10

See Note

6-170

C009

XRI failed to set Z latch

R1 (0) -BF

R1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

OOOA

XRI or C,Z latch failure

R1(0)=00

R1 (0) =7F

10

See Note 2

6-170

OOOB

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
done by BB.

R1 (0) =7F

10

See Note 2

6-170

OOOC

XRr failed to set Z latch

R1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-1tO

lXXX

Data Flow Path Byte Zero
Zero's Pattern Sensitivity

Hl(0)=7F

Failure in this
Routine. See Note 2

~ny

XRI, BS, BeL and
BZL instructions are
used to ve~ify
bit sensitivity
R 1 (0) =01

10

R1 (0) =01

10

R1(0)=01

R1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

H1 (0)=00

Rl(0)=02

10

See Note 2

6-170

Rl(0)=02

10

See Note 2

6-170

R1 CO) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (0) =04

10

See Note 2

6-170

R1 (0) =04

10

0001

XRI or C,Z latch failure

0002

Above XRr failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
done by BB.

0003

XRI failed to set Z latch

0004

XRI or CZ latch failure

0005

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

0006

XRI failed to set Z latch

R1 (0) =02
R1 (0) =00

Hl (0) =00

See Note 2

6-170

0007

XRI or C,Z latch failure

0008

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by BB.

0009

XRI failed to set Z latch

Rl(0)=04

R1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

OOOA

XRI or c,Z latch failure

R1(0)=00

R1(0)=08

10

See Note 2

6-170

Initial Test

sens~t~vity

6-170

X3705ADA c.7

o
099-31050-,)6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

1BON

ERROR
CODE

Level ' . '
EIPBC'TD.RESOLTS RESULT~
PBI08 TO TEST IN LEVEL ' I i
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

OOOB

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result. TestiDg
by BB.

OOOC

XRI failed to set Z latch

SOSPECTED
CA8D
FEALD
LOCATION (s) PAGE

PETIHI

PAGE

Rl (0) =08

10

See Note 2

6-17C.

81(0) =08

81 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

81 CO) =00

81 (0) =55

10

See Note 2

6-170

11 (0) =55

10

See Note 2

6-170

81(0)=55

81 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

COMIIENTS

c
c

0000

XRI or C,Z latch failure

OOOE

Above XRI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by BB.

OOOF

XRI failed to set Z latch

XXXX

ORI Instruction Test

0001

ORI decode failure. Low
byte containing 09 was OBI
with 05. Result tested
by XRI.

81(1)=09

81 ( 1) =00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CA003

6-110

Decode Failure
ALO Control Failure

0002

ORI or c,Z latch failure

81{1) =00

81 (1) =FF

10

AB3G2

czxxx

6-110

C,Z Latch Failure

0003

Above ORI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

81(1)=FF

81(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

See Note 2 for B~.
Failures in thi i
_
loutine
I

0004

ORI or c,Z latch failure

81 (1) =00

81(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0005

Above ORI failed to produce
correct result. TestiDg
by xu.

81 (1) =00

81(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-110

0006

ORI or C,Z latch failure

Rl (0) =FF

Bl(O)=FF

10

See Note 2

6-170

0007

Above ORI failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

81(0)=FF

11 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0008

ORI or C,Z latch failure
FF was OBI with FF

81(0)=00

See Mote 2

6-170

11 (0) =FF

10

ORI above failed to produce
correct result. Tested
by XRI.

Rl (0) =FP

11(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CA002

6-170

11(1)=00

Decode Failure ~­
ALU Con trol F&i,__

11(1)=00

01

lB3G2

CZxx~

6-170

C,Z Latch Failur,

0009

lCON

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

o

XXXX

NRI Instruction Test

0001

NRI decode failure.
09 was NBI with 05.
was tested by IRI.

0002

Result

81(1)=09
81(1)=Q2

11(1)=01

NRI or c,Z latch failure
00 was NBI with 00

B1(l) =00

0003

Above NBI failed to produce
correct result. Tested
by XRI.

81(1)=00

81(1) =00

01

See lote 2

0004

NRI or C,Z latch failure
FF was NBI with FF

81(0)=FF

81 CO) =FF

10

See lote 2

6-170

0005

Above NRI failed to produce
correct result. Tested
by IU.

11 (0) =FF

81 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0006

NBI or C,Z latch fa!lure
FF was NBI with 00

81(1)=PF

81 (1) =00

01

See lote 2

6-170

0007

NRI above failed to produce
correct result.

81 (1) =00

R1- (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0008

NRI or c,Z latch failure
FF was NRI with 00

81 (0) =00

11(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

C.8 X3705ADA

c

c
C

i'
"-

-,/

c
Initial Test

o
o
o

!

HI

J

yL

•

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

•o

ROUT

0009

lDON

o

•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•e

lFON

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCA'i'ION (s)

Above NRI fa~led to produce
correct result.
Tested
by XRI.

R1 (0) =00

Rl(O)=OO

01

See Note 2

Rl(1)=00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CA002

6-170

R1 (1) =09

Decode fa~lure
ALU control f~ilute

Rl (1) =FF

R1 (1) =FF

10

AB3K2
AB3G2

CL~03

6-170

LS contr~l fa~l~re
C,Z latCh failure

6-170

S0e not8 2

XXXX

TRM Instruction Test
TRM decode failure.
Tested
by XRI.
TRM mask was 05.

0003

lEON

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

0001
0002

o

•
•
•

ERPOR
CODE

:>99-37'; 5D-)f,

TRM or c,Z latch
TRM Mask was FF

fa~lure

FEALD
PAGE

FEIMM
PAGE

COI1MEN'rS

6-170

Czxxx

Above TRM modif~ed Rl low
Tested by XRI

R1

00014

TRM or c,Z latch failure
TRM Mask was 00

R1 (0) =FF

R1(0)=FF

01

See Note 2

6-170

0005

Above TRM modif~ed R1 high
Tested by XRI

Rl (0) =FF

R1(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0006

TRM or C,Z latch failnre
TRM Mask was FF

Rl(l)=OO

R1(1)=00

01

See Note

6-170

0007

Above TRM modified Rl low

Rl (1) =00

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-110

AB3H2

CD002

6-110

Decode failure

CA003
CZxxx

6-110

ALU cont.rol failure
C,Z latch failure

(1)

=FF

R1 P) =00

01

See Note

f~=

Bit

fa~lure

XXXX

SRI Instruction Test

0001

SRI Decode fa~lure
SRI 05 from 09. Result
tested by XRI

Rl(1)=09
Rl (1) =Q~
Rl (1) =04

R1(1)=00

01

AB3J2
AB3G2

0002

SRI or C,Z latch failure
SRI 00 from FF

Rl (0) =FF

R1 (0) =FF

00

See Note 2

6-110

0003

SRI above failed to produce
correct result.
Tested
by XRI

Rl (0) =FF

R1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

00014

SRI or C,Z latch failure
SRI Mask was 00

Rl (0) =00

Rl(O)=OO

01

S<'!e Note 2

6-170

0005

Above SRI failed to produce
correct result.
Test~ng
by IRI

See note 2

6-110

Rl(O)=OO

R1 (0) =00

01

0006

SRI or C,Z latch failure

Rl(l)=PP

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-170

0007

Above SRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by IRI

Rl(l)=OO

R1(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-110

0008

SRI or c,Z latch failure
SRI Mask vas FF

R1 (1) =00

R1=PF01

10

See Note 2

6-110

0009

Above SRI failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by IRI instructions.

Rl=FP01

R1=0000

01

See Note 2

6-110

XXXX

CRI Instruction Test

0001

CRI decode failure
CRI Mask was 05.
Testing
by XRI.

R1 (1) =09
Rl (1) =09

R1(1)=00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2
AB3K2

CD002
CA003
CL003

6-110

Decode failure
ALU control failure
LS control failure

0002

CRI or c,Z latch failure
CRI Mask was FF

R1(1)=PF

R1(1)=FF

01

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-110

C,Z latch failure

0003

Above CRI modified Rl low.
Testing by IRI

R1 (1) =PF

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-110

00014

CRI or c,Z latch failure
CRI Mask was FP

Rl (1) =00

R1 (1) =00

10

See Note 2

6-110

Initial Test

13105ADA C.9

----------------------------_.

o

Ia! 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
I~ITIAL

flour

~OON

TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level INI
EXPECITD RE~OLTS
PRIOR TO ',I:E~T IN LEVEL I ttl
INST EXEC
REGISTER

SUSPECTED
CARD
FE'LQ
LOCATION(s) PAGE

fEH'fo1

L~TGH~S

0005

Above CRI modified Rl low
Testing by XRI

Rl

=00

R1(1)=QO

01

See Note 2

b-170.

0006

CRI or C,Z latch failure
CRI Mask was FE

Rl (1) =FF

R 1 (0) =FF

00

See Note 2

6-17fJ

0007

Above CRI modified Rl high.
Testing by XRI

Rl{O)=FF

Rl(O)=OO

01

See Note

6-170

(1)

RBSUL~~
IN~ C&

XXXX

LCR Instruction Test

0001

LeR decode failure.
Testing by XRI.

Rl(l)=09
Rl(l)=05

R3 (1) =05
R 1 (1) =QO

Above LCR modified R3 low.
Testing by XRI.

R3 (1) =05
R3(l)=FF

R3(1)=OO

0003

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3 (0) =XX
R3(l)=01

R3 (0) =Q 1

00

0004

LCR above failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

R3(O)=01

R3 (0) =Q()

01

0005

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3 (1) =02
R3(0)=00

R3(0)=0~

00

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Test~ng
by XRI.

R3(0)=02

R3 (0) =00

01

LCR or c,Z latch failure

R3(1)=04
R3 (0) =00

R3(0)=()"

0002

0006

0007

R3 (0) =00

0009

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3 (1) =08
R3(O)=00

R3(O)=O~

00

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

R3(O)=08

R3 (0) =OQ

01

OOOB

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(1) =10
R3 (0) =00

R3(0)=10

00

OOOC

Above LCR failed to produce
correct results. Testing
by XRI.

R3(0) =10

R3(0) =00

01

0000

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(l)=20
R3 (0) =00

It3 (0) =2Q

00

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XR!.

R3 (0) =20

R3 (0) =00

01

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(l)=40
R3(0)=00

a3 (0) =40

oq

At" C~n.:)13
failu:;e

AB3G2

C~XXlC

~·220

c.z

Latcn

\'l+~

faihJ:e~.

6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6 .. 220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

SE:1e Note 2

Pail~~~

f.i+~=e.

See nQte 2 for

c

6-220

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-110

(

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See

2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-110

Not~

See Note 2
See Note

~

6 ... 220

6-170

0010

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

R3(0)=40

a3(0):::rO()

01

0011

LCR or c,Z latch failure

R3(1)=80
R3(O)=00

R3 (0) =80

00

R3 (0) =80

R3(Q);;:OO

01

C.l0 X3705ADA

DtGoJt

6-170

See Note 2

OOOA

Above LCB failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

6-220

CB.](U

00

R3 (0) =04

0012

CDOI)~

c
o

6-170

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

OOOF

AB3H2
AB3J2

01

0008

OOOE

~

PAGE

See Note 2

See No1;e

~

See Note 2

See Note

6-220

~

6-220

c
c

o
o
o

I'
I

I

!

-,.

0

tD'!bt.tfdwtIH\i#t

.

"

Ii.

LI .!h.d!'*dhLy! rt1H.4*&*

+

b,

Hr.

d

+'

-:!I!f!MWdHH:!IH!U'h"''' '"

"hI'Ii WI/!bWYWH"QW1Y""HH"!!I! !:':II lI/'riBd I II

ir

0

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-:n05D-)6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERFOR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EIPEC'TD RESULTS aESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
REGISTER
LATCHES
LNST EXEC

SUSPECTED
FEUD
CARD
LOCA'i'ION (s) PAGE

FE':"M'"

0013

LCR or c,Z latch failure

R3(1)=7F
R3 (0) =00

00

See Note 2

6-220

P,3 (0) =7F

0014

Above Lca failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

R3 (0) =7F

R3 (0)

=O~

01

See Note 2

6-220

0015

LCa or c,Z latch failure

1l3(1)=BF
113 (0) =00

00

See Note 2

6-220

a3 (0) =BF

0016

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

113 (0) =BF

R3 (0) =00

01

See Note

6-220
6-170

0017

LCIl or c,Z latch failure

R3(1)=DF
a3 (0) =00

See Note 2

6-220

a3 (0) =DF

00
See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

0018

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by Xal.

R3 (0) =DF

R3 (0) =00

01

0019

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(l)=EP
R3 (0) =00

a3 (0) =EF

00

OOH

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testl.ng
by XU.

R3 (0) =EF

R3 (0) =01)

01

001B

LCR or C,Z latch failure

a3(1)=F7
a3 (0) =00

R3 (0) =F7

00

001C

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by IIlI.

a3 (0) =F7

a3 (0) =00

01

0010

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(l)=PB
a3 (0) =00

R3 (0) =PB

00

001E

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

R3 (0) =PB

a3 (0) =00

01

OOlF

LCR or c,Z latch failure

i3(1) =FD
R3 (0) =00

R3 (0) =PD

00

0020

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by XRI.

i3 (0) =PD

a3 (0) =00

01

0021

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(1)=PE
B3 (0) =00

a3 (0) =PE

00

a3(0)=00

01

0022

Above LCB failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by IRI.

R3 (0) =PE

0023

LCR or C,Z latch failure
2 Lca instructions used.
B3 high to a3 high sets
CZ=OO
B3 low to B3 high sets
CZ=11

B3(1)=00

B3 (0) =PE

B3(0)=00

11

0024

Above LCBs failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

B3(0) =00

R3 (0) =00

01

0025

LCR or C,Z latch failure

i3(1) =PF
B3 (0) =00

R3 (0) =PF

10

0026

Above LCB failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by IRI.

B3(0)=PP

B3(0)=00

01

0027

LCB or C.Z latch failure

B3 (1) =AA
B3 (0) =00

R3(0)=U

10

Initial Test

PAGE

COM rlE'I'! ';

6-170

X37051DA C.ll

0
0

...

(~'
'". }

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

0028

Above LCR fa~led to produce
correct result.
Testing
by XRI.

R3 (0) =AA

R3(0)=00

01

0029

LCR or C,Z latch failure

R3 (1) =55
83 (0) =00

R3(0)=55

10

R3(0) =01)

01

Rl(l)=FE
R 1 (1) =00

01

ERROR
CODE

002A

Above LCR failed to produce
correct result.
Testing
by XRI.

R3 (0) =55

002B

LCR or C,Z latch failure.
Result tested by XRI.

R3(1)=FE
R1 (1) =00

LCR fa~lure.
Result
tested by XRI.

R3(0)=00
R1(0)=FF

LCR failure.
Result
tested by XRI.

R3(0)=00
R1(0)=FF

002C

002D

Rl (0) =00
R1(0)=00

01

Rl(O)=OO

01

SUSPECTED
CABD
LOCATION (EI

(~
FElLD
PAGE

r:ET'1M

PAGE

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note

6-220

See Note

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

b-2Z0
6-170

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

("OdIENTS

C
C'

C
C'
r

ILl
220N

230N

XXXX

Branch~ng

0001

BZL, Pos. D~splacement
ALU Failure

Test
11

AB3G2

Czxxx

6-640

C.Z Latch Failure

0002

B, Neg. Displacement
ALU Failure

11

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-640

nu Controls

0003

BCL, Neg. Displacement
ALU Failure

11

See Note 2

6-640

0004

BZL, Neg

D~splacement

11

See Note 2

6-640

0005

BCL, BZL, B. BB Failure

11

See Note 2

6-640
6-660

XXXX

ACR Instruction Test

0001

ACR decode failure.
Result OE is tested
by XRI.

R3(1)=05
B1(1)=09

0002

ACR or C,Z latch failure

0003

0004

",

Failure

Rl (1) =OE
R 1 (1) =00

01

B3(1)=01
R1(0)=F7

R1(0)=F8

00

Above lCR did not produce
correct result.
Testing
by XRI.

B1(0)=F8

Rl (0) =00

01

ACR or C latch failure
ACR R3 high with R3 low,CZ=OO
lCR R1 low with R3 high.CZ=11

R1(1)=81
R3=7POl

R3=7P80
R3=0080

11

See Note 2 for
B~t Failures

A53H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CAxxx

6-220
6-170

Decode Failure
ALU Controls Failure
See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

AB3G2

Czxxx

6-220

C,Z Latch Failure

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220

0005

Above ACR, Z latch failure

0006

Above ACR. failed to
produce correct data in
R3 low.
Testing by IRI.

R3 (1) =80

R3(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

0007

Above lCR failed to
produce correct data in
R3 high.
Testing by IRI.

R3 (0) =00

R3(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

0008

Above ACR MODIFIED CONTENTS
of Rl(1).
Testing by XRI.

See Note 2
R1 (1) =81

R1(1)=00

01

6-220
6-170

0009

Above ACR modified contents
of R1 (0). Testing by XRI.

R 1 (0) =pp

R 1 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

OOOA

ACR or c.Z latch failure
lCR R1 high with R1 high

Rl (0) =PP

Rl(O)=FE

10

See Note

6-220

C.12 X3705ADA

rr

I

/

c
Initial Test

C\
,.,'

(~:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

!

W'RlM!!!lI,!!1

lIl J "U'!IUII!'It!!'!l'*/fiflLJlN*1 'H'DUhwwmn..!lJ+I +'!!!J'M'M'"

'bHd#

f

•

0

I
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

1)99-J705D-)11

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

240N

FUNCT10N TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

OOOB

Above ACR fal.led to produce
correct result. Testl.ng
by IRI.

Rl(O)=FE

Rl(O)=OO

01

OOOC

ACR fal.led to produce
correct result vhen ACR
R1 lov wl.th R3 low.
Result tested by IRI.

Rl (1) =00
R3(1)=FF

R3(1)=FF

00

R1 (1) =00
Rl(l)=OO

01

R3 (1) =CC
Rl(0)=33

Rl(O)=FF

10

ERROR
CODE

XXIX

OCR Instruction Test

0001

OCR decode failure
Testing by IRI.

0002

250N

0003

Above OCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by CRI.

Rl(O)=FF

Rl (0) =FF

01

00011

OCR or C,Z latch failure

R3(0)=00
R1 (1) =00

Rl(l)=OO

01

FEUD
PAGE

FET"!'"
PAGF

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-22:)
6-170

AB3H2
AB3J2

CPxxx

6-22'}

0.003

6-170

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

See Note

6-220
6-170

See Note

6-220

0005

Above OCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by CRI.

R1(l)=OO

Rl(l)=OO

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

0006

OCR or C,Z latch failure
Testing by CRI

R1 (0) =FF

Rl(O)=FF

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

R3(1)=05
R1(1)=09

Rl(l)=Ol

XXXX

NCR Instruction Test

0001

NCR decode failure
Testing by XRI

0002

NCR or C,Z latch failure

Rl(1)=00

01

R3 (0) =FF
R1 (1) =FF

R1(1)=FF

10

0003

NCR above failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by CRI.

R1(1)=FF

R1

=FF

01

0004

NCR or C,Z latch failure

R1 (1) =FF
Rl(O)=OO

Rl (0) =00

01

Rl (0) =00

Rl(O)=OO

01

R3(1)=05
R1(1}=09

Rl(1)=OC

0005

260N

OCR or c,Z latch failure

R3(1)=05
R1(1)=00

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCA'l'ION (sl

Above NCR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by CRI.

XIXX

XCR Instruction Test

0001

ICR instruction decode
testing by XRI.

0002

ICR or C,Z latch failure

(1)

Rl(1}=00

01

Rl(O)=FF
Rl (1) =00

R1 (1) =FF

10

0003

Above ICR failed to produce
correct result. Testing
by CRI.

Rl(l)=FF

R1(1)=FF

01

0004

XCR or c,Z latch failure

R1 (1) =FF
R3 (0) =FF

R3 (0) =00

01

Initial Test

CO ('LiE WI 3

,1ecode "''i1.1ure
Controls
Fdl.lure
Se~ ~101:e 2 for
B1.t Fa1.1ures
lILIJ

C,Z la"':ch fa1.lure

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CAxxx

6-220
6-110

Decode Failure
ALU Controls
Failure
See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

C,Z Latch Failure

See Note 2

6-220
6-110

See Note

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CA003

6-220
6-170

Decode Failure
ALU Controls
Failure
See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

C,Z Latch Failure

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

X3705ADA C.13

•

D9 Q -37,:)5D-:)6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

270N

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CABD
LOCATION(s)

0005

XCR above failed to produce
correct result.

R3(O)=00

See Note 2

XXXX

SCR Instruction Test

0001

SCR decode failure
Testing by XRI

0002

280N

2AON

280N

01

R1 (1) =04
B1(l)=00

01

Rl (0) =FF
R3 (0) =00

B3(0)=01

10

0003

Above SCR failed to
produce correct result.
Testl.ng by XliiI.

R3(O) =01

R3 (0) =00

0004

SCR or c,Z latch failure

Rl (0) =FF
R3(O)=FF

R3(0)=00

01

R3(O)=00

01

0005

Above SCR failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XU.

R3 (0) =00

XXXX

CCR Instruction Test

R3 (1) =05

0001

CCR decode failure.
Testing by XRI.

Rl(l)=09

CCR or C.Z latch failure

0002

290N

sca or c,z latch failure

R3(l)=05
Rl(1)=09

R3(O)=00

R1(1)=09
Fl(l)=OO

01

R3{l) =FF
R3 (0) =00

R3(O)=00

10

0003

Above CCR modified R3 high
Testing by XRI.

R3(0)=00

R3(O)=00

01

0004

CCR or c,Z latch failure

Bl(O}=FF
B3 (1) =FF

B3(1)=FF

01

R3 (1) =FF

R3 (1) =00

01

0005

Above CCR modifl.ed R3 low.
Testing by XRI.

XXXX

LCOR Instruction Test

0001

LCOR decode failure
Testing by XRI.

R3(1)=05
Rl(1}=09

0002

LCOR or c,Z latch fal.lure
LCOR R3 high into R3 high

0003

FEALD
PAGE

FE1'MM
PAGE

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CAOO3

6-220
6-170

Decoje I"'ll.lure
UU Con"rols
Fal.lurE:

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

C,7 La-:ch F'll.lure

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

6-220
6-170

Decode F'll.lure
ALU Controls
Failure

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

C,Z Latch Failure

6-220
6-170

See Note 2

6-220

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD002
CAxxx

6-220

Above LCOR fal.led to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

R3(0)=7F

B3 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

0004

LCOR or c,Z latch failure
LCOR Rl low into Rl low.

RJ(l)=OO

R1 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-220

0005

Above LCOR failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by CRI.

Rl (1)'=00

R1(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-220

SHR Instruction Test
SHR decode failure.
Result tested by XRI.

C.14 X37051DA

,

~/
6-220
6-170

See Note 2

0001

,,-

(-"

10

XXXX

C-'
-L/
;1

See Note 2

01

LHR Instruction Test

C'
C

C

CD002
CA003

R3(O)=7F

LHR decode failure.
Testing by XRI.

(~

(~

AB3H2
AB3J2

B3 (0) =FF

XXXX

(-

C

6-221)

Rl(1)=02
R1(1)=00

0001

COMMENT)

0'
0

R3(1}=05
Rl (1) =09

R3 (1) =05
81(1)=09

Rl (1}=05
Rl(l)=OO

01

B1 (1) =04
Rl (1) =00

01

Decode Failure
ALU Controls
Failure

,-:
(-,\

~)
;r~

~-)

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD003
CAOOl

6-220
6-170

Decode Failure
lLU Controls Failure

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD003
CA003

6-220
6-170

Decode Failure
lLU Controls
Failure

Initial Test

C
C
C

0
0
0

,)

I

o

•

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

ROUr

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD

FEALD
PAGE

FETM'1

LOCATION(~

PAGE

COMME'l'l':;

0002

SHR or c.Z latch failure

B1=0100
B3=0000

R3=FFOO

10

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-220

~,Z

Above SHR failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

R3(O)=FF

R3

01

See Note

0004

Above SHR failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

R3(l)=00

B3 (1) =00

0005

SHR or c.Z latch failure

R3=FFOO
Rl=FFOO

Rl=OOOO

Rl=01FF
R3=FFOO

R3=FDOl

00

0003

0006

2CON

2EON

2PON

!l99-37'l5D-)F,

SHR or c.Z latch failure

(0)

=0')

6-22')

6-170
01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

01

See Note 2

6-2/·)

See Note 2

6-22C

0007

SHR above failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

R3 (0) =FD

R3 (0) =00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

0008

SHR above failed to
produce correct result.
Testing by XRI.

R3 (1) =01

R3(1)=00

01

See Note 2

6-220
6-170

R1 (1) =09
R1 (1) =00

01

XXIX

CHR Instruct10n Test

0001

CHR decode failure
Testing by XRI

Id~ch

R3(1)=05
R1(1)=09

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD003
CAxxx

6-220
6-170

Decode ~ailure
ALU Control
Failure

XXIX

Byte 0 and 1 data flow
pattern sensitivity test.
This routine loops 256 times.
The first test pattern is
FFOO and each successive
pass adds one to byte 1 and
subtracts one from byte 0
so that the last test
pattern is OOFF.

0001

LHR instruction is used
to move R3 data into Rl.
The CZ latches are tested
for 10.

R3=NOT 0

R1=R3

10

See Note 2

6-220

0002

LHR data transfer is tested
by XORing data in Rl and
R3 byte O. Byte 0 data
failed to transfer.

R1=R3

R3(0)=00

01

See Note 2

6-220

R3(0)=Bits that
failed

0003

LHR data transfer is tested
by lORing data in Rl and
R3 byte 1. Byte 1 data
failed to transfer.

R1 (1)=R3(1)

R3 (1) =00

01

See Note 2

6-220

R3(1)=Bits that
failed

0004

CHR instruction is tested
by comparing Rl and R3.

R1=R3

R1=R3
R3=Test
Pattern

01

See Note 2

6-220

XXIX

Byte 0 and 1 data flow
pattern sensitivity test
2 of 2.

0001

LHR instruction is used
to move R1 data into R3.
The CZ latches are tested
for 01.

B1=0000
R3=FFFF

01

See Note 2

6-220

R3=0000

CHR instruction is used
to test data transfer

Bl=OOOO
B3=0000

R1=0000
R3=0000

01

See Note 2

6-220

0002

Initial Test

See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

x3705ADA e.1S

--

..........................

,~-~--

--- ..--....-~~

....................... ~

~.---.--~

.-,

-

~

.

0
0

IBM 3105 COMMUNICA!IONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

310N

1)",llhroutl.ne tes't
correct oyte X d-ltd.

0004

LA Rl, X' 3fl'FF' (18 tat:'
L.a. Rl, X'FFL"Ff' (20 bH)
L.a. altered thE' CZ latches.

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
Rl=FFFFF 20 bit

01

See Note

6-660

0005

Rl ~s tested to verify
the data.

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
Rl=FFFFF 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-660

Subroutine test
correct byte X data.

0006

LA R1. X'255AA' (18 bit)
LA Rl, X'A55AA' (20 bit)
Rl is tested to verifr
the data.

Rl=3FFFF ( 18) Rl=255AA 18 bit
Rl=FFFFF (20) Rl=A55AA 20 bit

01

See Note

6-660

Subroutine test

L.a. Rl, X' 1 AA55' ( 18 b~t)
LA R1, X'7AA55' (20 bit)
Rl is tested to verify
the data.

Rl=255AA (18) Rl= lAA55 18 bit
Rl=A55AA (20) Rl=7AA55 20 bit

0007

3BON

IJ9q-37J5D-)6

Rl=OOOOO

(
] atCne3

(11

See Note 2

6-660

Subroutine test
correct bY'te X data.

Data flow path byte X, 0
and 1 data sens~tiv~ty
test using the LA Instruction. This routine loops
forty times with the L.a.
instruction being upiated
on each pass.

0001

LA Rl, Test Pattet'n
The data in Rl is tested
to ver~fy the LA instruct~on.
The actual test of
data is CHR R1, R3 where
R3 is loaded via test table.

XXXX

LR Instruction Testing

0001

LR Rl, R3
R1 data is tested by XRI.
Instruction failed.

Rl (1) =09
R3(1)=Q2
Rl(1)=05

Rl(l)=OO

01

AB3H2

COO03

0002

LR R1. R7
The CZ latches are tested
for 01.

Rl=3FFFF (18) R1=0000O
Rl=FFPPF (20)
R7=00000

01

lB3G2

CZltltlt

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

6-220

Rl=OOOOO
Rl=2AA55 18 bit
R7=2AA55 ( 18) Rl=AAA55 20 bit
R7=AAA55 (20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

Note 1

R1=2AA55 18 bit
Rl=AAA55 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

Subroutine test
correct byte x: data.

Rl=155H 18 bit
(20) Rl=555H 20 bit
(18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

Note 1

The data in R1 is tested
to verify the LR instruction.

0004

LR R1, R7
The CZ latches are tested
for 10.

0005

Rl is tested to verify
the data.

0006

LR Rl, R7
The CZ latches are tested
for 10.

C.20 X3705ADA

c

correct byte X data.

XXXX

0003

o

See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

Rl=R3

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Subroutine test
correct byte X data
for 18/20 bit
machines.

This routine rlJ
only on 18/20 b
machines.

Rl=2AA55
Rl=AAA55
B7=155AA
R7=555AA

( 18)

6-220

6-220

Decode Failures
See Note 2 for
Bit Failur~s
Note 1
C,Z latches

Initial Test

o
c

co

~-

....

0

11

IODh"

, , ' .........

tlw/t.!IUlr.Jib. d

..

•

0

•
0

ROUT

0
3D:lN

0
0

•
•
•

I
•
••
"

I

I

•
•
•
•
•
•

D99-3705D-)<)

LBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

3EON

ERROR
CODE

PUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

0007

R1 ~s tested to verify
the data.

Level' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
LATCHES
REGISTER
Rl=155U. 18 bit
R1=555U. 20 bit

01

SUSPECTED
FlALO
CARD
LOCA'l'ION (s, PAGE

FE'fMt'l

FAGE

CUMM:: 'I'f,

See Note 2

6-220

Subrt)Utln!:l
cor:: !:lct tJ1 t

~e",t.
.J'

.< jata.

This rou::::..nu ::un3
on 18/20 !)l~
lIachines only.

XXXI

Local store register 3
and 5 byte x testing.

0001

R7 is loaded with data
30000 (18 bit), or FOOOO
(20 bit) via LA ~nstruction.
R7 is moved ~nto R3 and
the R3 data is shifted
right two positions in
order to move byte X data
into byte O. Using CRI
the data in R3 byte 0 is
tested.

R7=30000 (18, R3=OCOOO 18 bit
R7=POOOO (20) R3=OFOOO 20 bit
83=00000

01

See Note 2

6-600
6-220

Note 1

0002

Same as above except
R7 is moved into R5

87=30000 (18) R5=OcOOO 18 bit
87=POOOO (20) R5=OFOOO 20 bit
R5=00000

01

See Note 2

6-6"0
6-220

Note 1

0003

Same as 0001 above except
R7 is loaded with a·ll
zeros.

R3=00000
R7=00000
83=OCOOO ( 18)
83=OPOOO (20)

01

See Note 2

6-600
6-220

Note 1

0004

Same as 0003 above except
R7 is moved into R5.

87=00000
R5=00000
R5=OCOOO ( 18l
B5=OPOOO (20)

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Not.e 1

0005

Same as 0001 above except
R7 is loaded with 20000
(18 bit), AOOOO (20 bit)

B7=20000 (18) R3=08000 18 bit
81=10000 (20) R3=OAOOO 20 bit
83=00000

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Note 1

0006

Same as 0005 above except
R7 is moved into R5.

B7=20000 ( 18) R5=08000 18 bit
87=10000 (20) R5=OAOOO 20 bit
R5=00000

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Note 1

0007

Saae as 0001 above except
R7 is loaded with 10000
(18 bit), or 50000
(20 bit).

87=10000
R1=50000
R3=08000
83=01000

(18) R3=04000 18 bit
(20) R3=05000 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Note 1

0008

Same as 0007 above except
R7 is moved into R5.

R7=10000
87=50000
85=08000
85=01000

(18) R5=04000 18 bit
(20) R5=05000 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

01

See Note 2

6-660
6-220

Note 1

XXIX

OR

0001

OR Rl, R3
Rl data is tested by
XRI. Instruction failed.

Rl=IXX09
B3=U!Q3
Bl=IXXOD

Rl(1)=OO

01

183H2
AB3J2

CD003
C1003

6-220

Decode Pailure
lLO controls Pailure
See Note 2 for
Bit Pail,ures

0002

OR Rl, R3
The CZ latches are
tested for 01.

B1=00000
83=00000

Rl=OOOOO

01

lB3G2

Czxxx

6-220

C,Z latches

0003

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte o and 1

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

6-220

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

0004

OR Rl, R3
The CZ latches are
tested for 10.

10

See Note

6-220

0005

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte o and 1.

01

See Note 2

6-220

0006

OR Rl, B3
The CZ latches are
tested for 10.

10

See Note 2

6-220

Initial Test

Instruct~on

Testing.

Rl=25511
R1=15511
83=1AA55
83=51A55

( 18) Rl=3FPPP 18 bit
(20) Rl=PFFPP 20 bit
( 18)
(20)
81=3PPPF

B1=lPPPF
B1=5FPFP
B3=2FPPF
83=IFFFF

( 18) Bl=3FFPP 18 bit
(20) Bl=FPPFP 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

Subroutine test
correct byte I data

X3705ADA C.21

o

•

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

3FON

400N

ERROP
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

()

OyO-170';0-)1,

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION (s)

FElLD
PAGE

FA::;r:

":O.1i'1:'NTS

3uhroUt1n~

0007

The data ~n Rl ~s tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
R1=FFFFF 20 bit

01

See Note

6-220

')008

OR Rl, R3
This error is for 16 O~t
mach~nes only.
The CZ
latches are tested for 01.

Rl=OOOO

01

See Note 2

6-270

OOC9

Same test as 0008 above
except this error is for
18/20 b~t machines only.
The CZ latches are
tested for 10.

(18) Rl=30000 18 bit
(20) Rl=FOOOO 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

OOOA

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte a and 1.

Rl=30000 18 bit
Rl=FOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note

6-220

OOOB

OR Rl. R3
The CZ latches are tested
for 10.

Rl=OFFFF

10

See Note

0-220

OOOC

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=OFFFF

01

See Note 2

6-220

Subroutine test
correct oyte X data

XXXX

NR Instruction Testing

0001

NR Rl, R3
Rl data 1S tested by
XRI. Instruction failed.

R 1 ( 1) =00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD003
CA002

6-220

Decode FallJre
ALU Cont::-ols Fa1lure

0002

OR Rl, R3
Th1S error is for 16 bit
machines. The CZ latches
are tested for 01.

Rl=OOOO

01

AB3G2

Czxxx

6-220

c,Z latches
Bit Failures

0003

Same test as 0002 except
this error is for 18/20 bit
machines. The CZ latches
are tested for 10.

(18) Rl=30000 18 bit
(20) Rl=FOOOO 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

0004

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=30000 18 bit
R1=FOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

0005

NR Rl. R3
The CZ latches are tested
for 01.

( 18) Bl=OOOOO
(20)
( 18)
(20)

01

See Note

6-220

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note

6-220

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note

6-220

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

6-220

R1=OFFFF

10

See Note 2

6-220

Rl=OFFFF

01

See Note 2

6-220

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

B 1 (1) =00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

6-220
6-170

Decode Failure
ALU Controls
Failure

0006

The data in Rl is 'tested
to verify byte a and 1.

0007

NR Rl. R3
The CZ latches are tested
for 01.

0008

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte a and 1

0009

NR Rl. R3
The CZ latches are tested
for 10.

OOOA

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

XXXX

XR Instruction Testing

0001

XR Bl, B3
R1 data is tested by
XRI. Instruction failed.

C.22 X37051DA

Bl=30000
81=FOOOO
83=30000
&3=FOOOO

Bl=OAl55
B3=055AA

Rl=XXX09
R3=.IU22
Rl=XXXOl

o
o

FETMM

cor~ect

~~St

b¥~~

(

j5t~

o

Subr0ut1De ~e3~
correct byte X data

/--"

Bl=30000
81=POOOO
B3=30000
83=FOOOO

Bl=2AA55
B1=AAA55
R3=155AA
B3=555AA

R1=15511
B1=555AA
R3=2U55
R3=AU55

Rl=OPFFF
R3=OFFFF

B1=11109
R3=UJQ2
Rl=IXXOC

(18)

Subroutine test
correct byte I data

'"
I

\.

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

\.

(20)
( 18)
(20)

CD003
CA003

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

Initial Test

c
c
o

o

~llli'''I~I''.

0

In

!II

!IHI!

'\'&&' Hi'·i 'giU

11\

!I

41,,11

I,!'!!

lui!

Ifn Lt

Ibl

"" "' .."' ....H"'"•.,·.. " .." ....,,, ... ,,'" """ W,_ ..,....,,.,!!,, ""II","'"'!!'''''''",'''

M' *'ti "'H!lbiM"IHf t

•

•

0

•
•
•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

0002

•
•
•
•
•

I
•
••
•
•
•
•
•
•

ERROR
CODE

410N

D99-1705D-%

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
REGISTER
INST EXEC
LATCHES

XR Rl, R3
The CZ latches are
tested for 01.

R1=3AA55
R1=FAA55
R3=3AA55
R3=FAA55

( 18) R1=00000
(20)
( 18)
(20)

01

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION{s)

FlALD
PAGE

AB3G2

CZxxx

FETi'lt1
PAGF

C.OMMENTS

6-220

c,Z

lat.ch",:;

0003

The data ~n Rl ~s tested
to ver~fy byte 0 and 1.

Rl.::00000

01

See Note

6-220

0004

XR R1, R3
This error is for 16 bit
Thp r:z latches
mach~nes.
failed.

R1=0000

01

See Note

6-220

0005

Same as 0004 above except
that this error is for
18/20 b~t machines.

( 18) R1=30000 18 bit
(20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit
( 18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

0006

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=30000 18 bit
R1=FOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

0007

IR R1, R3
This error is for 16 bit
machines.
The CZ failed.

R1=0000

01

See Note 2

6-220

0008

Same as 0007 above except
that this error is for 18/20
bit machines.

(18) R1=30000 18 bit
(20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit
(18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

0009

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=30000 18 bit
R1=FOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

OOOA

IR R 1, R3
The cz failed.

Rl=OFFFF

10

See Note 2

6-220

OOOB

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=OFFFF

01

See Note 2

6-220

Subroutine test
correct byte I data

XXII

AB

0001

AR
R " R3
This error is for 18/20
bit machines. cz failed.

R1=1FFFF

10

AB3H2
AB3J2
AB3G2

6-220

Decode Failure
1LU Controls Failure
C,Z latch

Instruct~on

R1=255AA
R1=A55AA
B3=155AA
R3=555AA

R1=lAA55
R1=5AA55
B3=2AA55
R3=AAA55

R1=OAA55
R3=055AA

Subroutin8 tE~st
correct byt.8 I. data.

Subrout~ne test
correct byte x: data

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

Testing
R1=2AA55
R3=355AA (18)

CD003
CA002
CZxxx

R3=F55AA (20)
0002

Same as 0001 above except
error is for 16 bit
maChines.

R1=FFFF

00

See Note 2

6-220

0003

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=10000

01

See Note 2

6-220

0004

AR R " R3
C latch failed

( 18) Rl=OOOOO
(20)
(18)
(20)

11

See Note 2

6-220

0005

Z latch failed

B1=00000

11

See Note 2

6-220

0006

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=00000

01

See Note 2

6-220

0007

AR Rl, R3
This error is for 16
bit machine. CZ failed.

10

See Note 2

6-220

0008

Same as 0007 above except
error is for 18/20 bit
machines.

R1=3FFFE 18 bit
R1=FFFFE 20 bit

00

See Note 2

6-220

0009

The data in R1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=3FFFE (18) R1=30000 18 bit
R1=FFFFE (20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

Initial Test

Rl=1551A
Rl=555AA
R3=2AA56
B3=AAA56

B1=1FFFF
Rl=7FFFF
R3=1FFFF
R3=7FFFF

(18) R1=FFFE
(20)
( 18)
(20)

Subroutine test
correct byte I data

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

Subroutine test
correct byte I data

I3705AD1 C.23

01
o
3705 COK~UNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

IB~

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION
-

420N

Instruct~on

. Rl, R3
'ailed.

'MMENTS

R1=00009
R3=00005
Bl=00004
R1=155AA
.B1=755AA
R3=2AA55
R3=8AA55

Rl(l)=OO

Deco:le Fd.i lue
ALU Con~~ols FaLluru

01

(18) Rl=2A:B55 18 bit
(20) R 1=EU55 20 bit
(18)
(20)

10

CZxxx

6-220

C,Z latch

SUL~ou~Ln~

0003

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=2AB55 (18) R1=20000 18 bit
Rl=EAB55 (20) R1=EOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note

6-~2C

0004

SR R 1, R 3
CZ failed.

R1=3FFFF (18) Rl=OOOOO
R1=FFFFF (7J)
R3=3FFH t~8)
R3=FFFFF (20)

01

See Note 2

6-220

0005

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

6-220

(18) Rl=2AB55 1Q ~'t
(20) Rl=EAB~~
: .t
(18)
(20)

10

See Note 2

6-220

SR Rl, R3

0006
CZ

C.2'

st..;, • _ED
CARD
r'
LOCATION (sl

Testing

31, R3
ta ~s tested by
~~struction failed.

430N

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RES"T.TPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL tN'
It'G CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

fa~led.

Rl=055AA
R1=755·AA
R3=1AA55
B3=8AA55

B1=00000

corr~ct

0007

The data in Rl is te:
to verify byte 0 an~

Rl=2AB55 (18) Rl=20000 18 bit
Bl=EAB55 (20) Rl=EOOOO 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

0008

SR Rl, R3
CZ failed.

R1=OAA55
R3=055AA

Rl=054U

00

See Note 2

6-220

0009

The data in ·R 1 is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

R1=054AB

R1=00000

01

See Note 2

Rl(1)=00

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

XXXX

eR Instruction Testing
CR Rl, R3
Rl data is tested by
XRI. Instruction failed.

Rl=00009
R3=00005

0002

CR Rl, R3
CZ failed.

Rl=15555
Rl=55555
R3=2AAAA
R3=AAAAA

(18) Rl=15555 18 bit
(18) R1=55555 20 bit
(18)
(20)

10

AB3G2

0003

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 ~nd 1.

B1=15555 118) Rl=10000 18 bit
B1=55555 (2~ R1=50000 20 bit

01

See Note 2

0004

CR Rl, R3
CZ failed.

Rl=355AA
Rl=755AA
R3=355U
B3=755U

(18) Rl=355AA 18 bit
(20) R1=755AA 20 bit
(18)
(20)

01

See Note 2

6-220

0005

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

Rl=355AA (1~ Rl=30000 18 bit
Rl:75511 (20) Rl=70000 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-22:;

0006

CR Rl, R3
This error is for 16 bit
machines. CZ failed.

81=25555
Rl=A95AA
B3= HAAA
B3=5AAAA

10

See Note 2

6-220

0007

Same as 0006 above except
this error is for 18/20
bi t machines.

Spa Note 2

6-22C

Rl=2555
Rl=A555'

_

1a~~

Subroutine test
correct oyte X 1ata

Subroutine test
correct byte X data

Failure
trols Failure
~tch

0008

The data in Rl is tested
to verify by~e 0 and 1.

Rl=25555 (18) Rl=20000 18 bit
Bl=A5555 (20) Rl=AOOOO ~O hit

01

See !'cte

0009

CR Rl, R3
This error is for 16 bit
machines. CZ failed.

Rl=OAAAA
B1=A!!A
R3=lAAAA (18)
B3=5AAAA (20)

01

See Note 2

3705A1>A

X

Subroutine test
-orrect byt~ X data

0001

(18) Rl=25555 18 bit
(20) Rl=A5555 20 bit
(18)
(20)

c

~est

byc~

c

~

. ~broutine teo:':.
correct byt~ ~ ?~~a

\.

S11broutine test
c~rrect byte X data

tc·utine test
'-:rect byte X data

In.i.tial Test

~.

(-J

(

'

....

, JI'

I I IT ![JHI J/J!l!

)

Wf"W!l!lNftt:!'.

..

•

.ul.+l

I

!

tol

,
)

-)

ROllT

)
-~

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION
Same as 0009 above except
this error ~s for 18/20 bit
machines.

OOOE

The data in Rl is tested
to verify byte 0 and 1.

I
I

0

0

CR Rl, R3
CZ

0

0000

440N

4S0N

460N

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
LATCHES
INST EXEC
REGISTER

OOOA

OOOC

•
•
•
I
•
•
•
•
•
•
•e

099-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

fa~led.

The data ~n R1
to verl.fy byte

~s

o

tested
and 1.

XXXX

L Instruction Testing

0001

Load Rl w~th R7 as the
base register. CZ failed
or load instruction failed.

0002

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the L instruction.

0003

Load Rl with R7 as the
base register. CZ failed.

0004

The data in R1 is tested
to verify the L instruction.

OOOS

Load Rl with R7 as the
base register.

0006

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the L instruction.

XXXX

LH Instruction Testing.

0001

Load halfword R1 with
R7 as the base register.
CZ failed.

0002

The data in R1 is tested
to verify the LH instruction.

0003

LH Rl with B7 as
the base register.
failed.

CZ

0004

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the LH.

0005

LH - R1 with R7 as the
base register. CZ failed.

0006

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the LH.

XXXI

STH instruction testing
R7 is used as the base
register.

0001

STH instruction modified
the CZ latches

0002

The data stored above is
loaded via an L instruction
and compared. STH fal-led.

0003

STH instruction
lIodified the CZ latches.

Initial Test

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATiON (sl

FEALD
PAliE

FE'Ii'll1
COMMENT';

P~GE

Rl=OAAAA

10

See Note 2

6-220

R1=OAAAA

Rl=OOOO

01

See Note 2

6-220

Rl=OAA55
R3=OAA55

Rl=OAA55

01

See Note

6-220

Rl=OAA55

R1=0000

01

See Note

6-220

Subrout.lne tesT.
correct bVT.e X datd.

6-390

See Note 1
Decode Fallure
ALU Controls Fal-lure

6-390

See Note 2 for
Bit Failuras

6-390

C,Z latch

Rl=25AA5 ( 18) Rl= lA55A 18 bit
81=A55AA (20) 81=5A55A 20 bit
R7=base
register

10

Rl= lA55A 18 bit
Rl=5A55A 20 bit

01

See Note

Rl=1AS5A (18) Rl=25AAS 18 bit
R1=SASSA (20) Rl=ASAA5 20 bit

10

AB3G2

Rl=2SAAS 18 bit
Rl=ASAAS 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-390

Rl=3FFFF ( 18) Rl=OOOOO
Rl=FFFFF (20)

01

See Note 2

6-390

81=00000

01

See Note 2

6-390

Bl=2ASSA ( 18) Rl=OSAAS
R1=USSA (20)

10

AB3H2
AB3J2

R1=05AA5

01

B1=15AA5 ( 18) Rl=OA55A
B1=S5AAS (20)

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CAxxx

Czxxx

SUbrOUc.lne T.85T.
correct nvte X data

6-290

Decode Failure
ALU Controls Failure

See Note 2

6-290

See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

10

See Note 2

6-290

Rl=OA55A

01

See Note 2

6-290

Bl=3FFFF (18) Rl=OOOOO
Rl=FFFFF (20)

01

See Note 2

6-290

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

6-290

CD003
CAOOl

Note 1

Rl=OA55A

R1=3A55A
81=FASSA
R3=3A55A
B3=FA55A

( 18) R3=3ASSA 18 bit
(20) R3=FASSA 20 bit
( 18)
(20)
Rl=OSAA5

6-360

01

AB3H2
AB3J2
AB3G2

01

See Note 2

6-360

10

See Note 2

6-360

CD003
CAxxx
Czxxx

Decode Failure
ALU Controls Failurf
C,Z latch

X3705ADA C.2S

-~--~~~-----------

..

~~-.-------------.~----

•

(

(,0
Dg9-3705D-

IBM 3705 COMMUNICA~IONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE
0004

470N

480N

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
LATCHES
REGISTER
INST EXEC

The data stored above is
loaded v~a an L ~nstruct~on
STH fa~led.
and compared.

Rl=35AA5
Rl=F5AA5
R3=35AA5
R3=F5AA5

(18) Rl=35AA5 18 bit
(20) Rl=F5AA5 20 bit
(18) R3=35AA5 18 bit
(20) R3=F5AA5 20 bit

SUSPECTED
PEALD
CARD
LOCATION (sl PAGE

FETMM
PAGE

01

See Note 2

6-360
6-390

)F,

(
CO['JMENTS

(

(

XXXX

L using RO as Operand 1

0001

Load RO with R3 as the
base register. Failed
to load RO.

N/A

N/A

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CAXXX

6-390

Decode Fal-lure
ALU Control

0002

Load ~nstruction with
RO as Operand 1 altered
the cz latches.

N/A

N/A

01

N/A

CZXXX

6-390

c:

XXXX

L Instruction Test from the
Fullword Direct Addressable
Area

0001

Load Rl from d~rect addressable area.
CZ failed or
instruction failed.

0002

(

latches

C
L'
'"--

Rl=OOOOO

The data in Rl 2S tested to
verify the load.

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
Rl=FFFFF 20 bit

10

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
Rl=FFFFF 20 bit

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CAxxx

6-390

Decode Failure
ALU control

(f

~-

6-390

See Note 2

/-

(

',-

490N

4AON

XXXX

LR (Load Register) using
RO as operand one to
ensure that the CZ latches
are not affected.

0001

LB RO,R5 when BO is
specified as operand one,
a branch should occur.
LR RO,R5 failed to branch
to the address contained
in R5.

NIA

NIA

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDXXX

0002

When RO is specified as
as operand one, the CZ
latches should not be
altered. This error stop
indicates that the cz
latches were altered.

N/A

N/A

01

AB3G2

CZXXX

XXXI

IC (Insert charact'er)
Instruction Testing

AB3H2
AB3J2

CD003
CAxxx

0001

IC R 1 (1) , Test Area 1
CZ failed. R3 is the
base register.

0002

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the IC instruc-

(

Bl=300FF

6-290

Rl=30055

10

See Note 2

6-290

Rl=30055

01

See Note 2

6-290

R1=300FF

11

See Note 2

6-290

Decode Failure
ALU Controls Failure
See Note 2 for
Bit Failure

/

t~on.

0003

IC R 1 (0) , Test Area 2, Z
R3=base
Latch failed.
register.

0004

Same as 0003 except C
latch failed.

Rl=300FF

11

See Note 2

6-290

0005

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the IC i nstruct~on.

R1=300FF

01

See Note 2

6-290

0006

IC Rl (0) ,Test Area 3
CZ failed. RO=base register.

R1=301FE

00

See Note 2

6-290

0007

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the IC instruction.

Rl=301FE

01

See Note 2

6-290

C.26 13705ADA

Rl=3FFFF

R1=3FEFE

c

o
Initial Test

c
c

o
o

0

•

1,..1

0

•
()

ROUT

0

C
0

4BON

•
•
•

I

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

TJ99-37J5u-:J6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

4CON

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
REGISTER
LATCHES
INST EXEC

0008

ICR'('), Test Area
CZ fa~led. RO=base register.

R1=00000

0009

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the IC ~nstruction.

XXXX

lCT (Insert Character and
Count) Instruct~on Testing.
R3 ~s the base register for
this rout~ne.

0001

ICT Rl (1) , R3
CZ latches vere altered
by the ICT ~nstruction.

0002

The data in R1 is tested
to verify the ICT
instruction.

0003

The address in R3 is tested
to verify if the ICT
updated the base.

R3=Base+l

0004

ICT Rl(O), R3
CZ latches were altered
by ICT instruction.

Rl=155FF ( 18) Rl=lAAFF 18 bit
Bl=555PF (20) R1=5AAFF 20 bit
R3=Base+2
R2=Base

0005

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the ICT
instruction.

0006

The address in R3 is
tested to verify if the
ICT updated the base.

0007

ICT Rl (0) , R3
CZ latches vere altered
by ICT instruction.

SUSPECTED
FEALD
CARD
LOCATION (s) PAGE

FETMM
Cm1MENl,>

PAG~

R1=OOOAA

10

See Note 2

6-290

Rl=OOOAA

01

See Note 2

6-290

6-480

Rl=200AA ( 18) Rl=20055 18 bit
Rl=AOOAA (20) Rl=A0055 20 b~t
R3=Base+l
R3=Base
R2=Value of
Base

B1=00000

CDxxx
CAxxx

6-480

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

Rl=20055

01

See Note 2

6-480

R3=Base+l
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-480

10

See Note 2

6-480

Rl=l1AFF

01

See Note 2

6-480

R3=Base+2
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-480

Rl=OFFOO
R3=Base+3
R2=Base

10

See Note 2

6-480

0008

The data in Rl is tested.

Rl=OFFOO

01

See Note 2

6-480

0009

The address in R3 is tested.

R3=Base+3
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-480

OOOA

ICT R1 (1) , R3
CZ latches vere' altered
by ICT Instruction.

Rl=3PFFF ( 18) R1=3FFOO 18 bit
Bl=PPPPP (20) Rl=FFPOO 20 bit
R3=Base+4
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-480

OOOB

The data in R1 is tested.

R1=3FFOO 18 bit
R1:;FPFOO 20 bit

01

See Note

6-480

OOOC

The address in R3 is

R3=Base+4
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-480

II IX

ST (Store Pullword)
Instruction Testing.

0001

ST Rl, Test Area
R3 is the base Reg for this
test. The CZ latches vere
altered by the ST instruction.

Rl=lA55A 18 bit
Rl=5A55A 20 bit
R3=Base

01

AB3H2

0002

The data stored above is
loaded and tested.

B7=25AA5 ( 18) R1=R7
B7=A5Al5 (20) Rl=1155A 18 bit
Rl=5A55A 20 bit

01

0003

ST R1, Test Area
R3 is the base Reg for this
test. The CZ latches vere
altered by the ST instruc
tion.
...

R1=25AA5 18 bit
Rl=A5AAS 20 bit
R3=Base

10

Initial Test

CD003

6-430

Deco1e Fa~lu=~
nu Contr~l5 ~a~lur~
See Note 2 for
Bit Failurd5

Decode !'ailure
See Note 2 for
Bit Pailures
Note 1

N/A

Czxxx

6-430

CZ latches

X3705ADA C.27

•

(.)

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

0
0

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level INI
EXPECITD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL INI
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

0004

Same as 0002 above.

R7=1A55A (18) R1=R7
R7=5A55 A (20) R1=25AA5 18 bit
R1=A5AA5 20 bit

01

See Note 2

0005

ST R1, Direct Addressable
RO ~s the base Reg for this
test.
The CZ latches were
altered by the ST.

R1=3FFFF 18 bit
R1=FFFFF 20 bit

01

NIA

0006

The data stored above
loaded and tested.

R1=R7
R1=3FFFF 18 bit
R1=FFFFF 20 bit

01

0007

Same as 0005 except
different data is Ub~u.

R1=00000

0008

Sallie as 0006.

R7=3FFfF ( 18) R1=R7
R7=FFFFF (20) R1=00000

XXXX

5TH Instruction Testing.

0001

5TH R1,Direct Addressable
RO ~s the base Reg. for this
test.
The CZ latches were
altered by the 5TH.

~s

R7=00000

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(s)

FEALD
PAGE

FE'l'MM
PAGE

COMM ENTS

6-430

Note 1

6-430

CZ la tches

See Note 2

6-430

Note 1

10

See Note 2

6-430

01

See Note 2

6-430

Czxxx

0
0
0
C
"J'

Note 1

(~

~j
4DON

0002

4EON

4FON

The data stored above ~s
read out via a L R3 in·
struction and compared.

0003

Same as 0001 except
different data is used.

0004

Same as 0002 except
different data is used.

XXXX

STC Instruction Testing

0001

STC R1 (0), Test Area
R3 is the base Reg for
this test.
The CZ
latches were altered by
the STC.

0002

The data stored above
is read out and compared.

0003

STC R1(1), Test Area
R3 is the base Reg for
this test. The CZ latches
were altered by the STC.

0004

The data stored above is
read out and compared.

0005

STC R1(1) .Direct Addressable
RO is the base Reg for this
test.
CZ latches were altered.

0006

The data stored above is
read out and compared.

0007

STC B1(0) ,Direct Addressable
RO is the base Reg for this
test. CZ latches were altered.

0008

The data stored above is
read out and compared.

XXXX

STCT (Store Character and
Count) Instruct~on Testing.

R1=FFFF

01

AB3H2

CD003

AB3H2

CD003

Decode Failure
6-360

Decode Failure

,,<---,

~/
R3=0000

R1=R3
R1=FFFF

01

See Note 2

6-360

/

~

R3=FFFF

R7=300FF

R1=0000

10

See Note 2

6-360

R1=R3
R1=0000

01

See Note

6-360

R1=3HFF

01

AB3H2

R1=R7
R1=OFFH

01

R1=3FF55

01

CDxxx

6-330

Decode Failure

See Note

6-330

Note 1

See Note 2

6-330

\..
B7=3UFF

B7=30000

B7=30000

R1=R7

01

See Note 2

6-330

R1=2AAFF

10

See Note 2

6-330

R1=R7
R1=OFFFF

01

See Note

6-330

R1=300AA

10

See Note 2

6-330

R1=R7

01

See Note 2

6-330

Note 1

Note 1

Note 1

c

o
C.28 X3705ADA

Initial Test

o
c
o

""11 KillfII!!,ufI/IIU'dM'P'ijwl

0

..

'I.

I

'dnr

'l

""I'IIM

J

"II"

\:...

0

•
•e
•
•
•
•
I
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0

Dgq-37')~D-0u

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INI'rlAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

P)UT

':iOON

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

EXPEC'TD RES ULTS RESULTLevel ' N'
ING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
LATCHES
REGISTER
INST EXEC

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION (5)

FEALD
PAGE

FE'I'!1M
PAGE

0001

STCT R1 (0) , R3
The cz latches were altered
by the STCT.

R3=Base

Rl=OFFAA
R3=Base+ 1
R2=Value of
Base

01

AB3H2
AB3J2

CDxxx
CAxxx

6-52J

Decole F'i~ LJ;:-e
ALU Co~+rol Fdl13rd

0002

The data stored above is
read out and compared.

R7=30055

Rl'-R7
Rl=3FF55

01

See
0001
Above

6-520

Note 1

0003

The address ~n R3 is tested
to ven.fy the count function.

R3=Base+l
R2=Base

01

See
0001
Above

6-520

0004

STCT R 1 (1) • R3
The cz latches were altered
by the STCT.

Rl=3FFOO
R3=Base+2
R2=Base

10

See Note

6-520

0005

The data stored above is
read out and compared.

Rl=R7
Rl=OFFOO

01

See Note

6-520

0006

The address in R3 is tested
to ver~fy the count function.

R3=Base+2
R2=Base

01

See Note 2

6-520

XXXX

LOR Instruction Testing for
for correct CZ latches.
A
previous routine tested the
instruction decode.

0001

LOR Rl, Rl
CZ latches failed.
This
error is for 18/20 bit
machines only.

b~t
b~t

00

AB3H2
1B3J2
AB4R2

0002

The data in Rl is tested to
verify the LOR.

R1=15555 18 bit
R1=55555 20 bit

01

See
0001
Above

6-220

0003

LOR R 1, Rl
CZ latches failed.
This
error is for 18/20 bit
machines only.

Rl=15555 ( 18) Rl=OA1AA 18 bit
81=55555 (20) R1=2A111 20 bit

10

See Note

6-220

0004

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the LOR.

Rl=OAAAA 18 bit
Rl=21AA1 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

0005

LOR Rl, Rl
CZ latches failed.

Rl=OAAAA ( 18) Rl=05555 18 bit
R1=21AA1 (20) Rl=15555 20 bit

00

See Note 2

6-220

0006

The data in Rl is tested
to verify the LOR.

R1=05555 18 bit
Rl=15555 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

0007

LOR Rl. Rl
CZ latches failed.

R1=02111 18 bit
R1=OAAAA 20 bit

10

See Note 2

6-220

0008

The data in R1 is tested
to verify the LOR.

R1=02AAA 18 bit
Rl=0111A 20 bit

01

See Note 2

6-220

XXXX

LOR Instruction Testing
for correct CZ latches
2 of 2.

0001

LOR Rl, R1
CZ latches failed.

R1=00000

11

1B3H2
1B3J2
1BqR2

0002

The data in R1 1.S tested
to verify the LOR.

Rl=OOOOO

01

See Note 2

XXXX

18/20 Bit AEI Test

0001

Fal.lure in Byte I

10

1BqJ2

ERROR
CODE

, ,J

510li

530N

I ni tial Test

R7=300FF

R1=2A111 ( 18) Rl=15555 18
Rl=AAAA1 (20) Rl=55555 20

R1=05555 (18)
Rl=15555 (20)

R1=00001

Rl=lFFFF (18) Rl=20000 18 bit
Rl=7FFFF (20) Rl=80000 20 bit

CDxxx
CAxxx
CF004

COx!:!:
C1xxx
CFOOq

6-220

6-220

COMM~l>lT'1

Note 1

Decode Failure
ALU Control Failure
Shift Right
Failure

Decode Failure
1LU Control Failure
Shift Right Failure

6-220

DF009

6-170

X3705101 C.29

---- _...

~''''''~-~-'''''''''----~--~- --,---~-----

~---~~

---'-

-

---------- ... .._-.-"~

.---,~ "-~

- .... "'" - --- ---

.,--........

--~

..-.... ..-......
~

0

....

0
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

540N

XXXX

18/20 BH SRI Test

0001

Failure in Byte X

550N

560N

570N

xxxx

18/20 Bl.t ACR Test

0001

Failure in Byte X

XXXX

18/20 Bit SCR Test

OaOi

Fal.lure in Byte X

XXXX

BAL and BALB
Instruction Test

0001

BAL failed to branchdecode fal.lure.

0002

580N

Above BAL altered
CZ latch
CZ was 01.

D~9-37C?D-)1)

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION {sl

FEUD
PAGE

FEHIM

Rl=OOOOO

AB4J2

DF009

6-170

AB4J2

DF009

6-220

AB4J2

DFxxx

6-220

Rl=3FFFF 18 bit
R1=FFFFF 20 bit

10

R3(0)=03
R1=2FEFF ( 18) R1=301FF 18 bit
R1=7FEFF (20) Rl=801FF 20 bit

10

R3 (1) =01
R1=30000 ( 18)
R1=FOOOO (20)

01

R1=2FFFF 18 bit
R1-EFFFF 20 bit

PAGE

(';1

COMME'ITS

Byte X

0
C:l

C
C
,r-

~
N/A

N/A

01

N/A

AB3H2

CDOOl
thru
CD004

6-510

;r--'

~

01

N/A

AB3G2

6-510

/r

0003

Above BAL failed to store
correct value in B3.

R3=IAR link

N/A

6-510

0004

BALR failed to branch Decode Failure.

R3=IAR Link

N/A

6-240

0005

Above BALR modified C,Z
latches.

N/A

N/A

0006

Above BALR failed to
load Reg 1 with correct
link address.

R1=IAR link

0007

An invalid Register
Decode occurred.

xx XX

BCT Instruction Test

0001

BCT d~d not branch
decode failure.

0002

Above BCT did not
decrement count.

R3=3FFFF

0003

BCT above modified
the CZ latch.

R3=3FFFF

0004

BCT above failed to
decrement count.

R3=3FFFF

0005

BCT did not decrement
properly.

0006

AB3G2

CZxxx

~

6-240
6-240
"

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

NIA

6-240

A wild branch
occurred or a
Local Store
Register Decode
Failure

R3=30000

R3=3FFFF

01

1B3H2

CDOOl
thru
CD004

6-680

Count in low byte

1B3J2

CAxxx

6-680

ALU control

AB,3G2

Czxxx

6-680

C,Z latches

6-680

Count in high byte

R3=3FFFF

01

R3=3FEFF

10

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-680

Above BCT failed
to branch

R3=3FEFF

10

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-680

Decode

0001

Above BCT modified
CZ latch

R3-3FEFF

10

1B3G2

CZxxx

6-680

C,Z latches

0008

Above BCT did not
decrement.

R3=3FEFF

10

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-680

1LU

C.30 X3705ADA

Initial Test

'"

c
c
c
()

()
------------------------~

------""

~ ,-.~--.-

n

"

"J
0

•
0

•

ROUT

I

•
•
•
•
..,•
0

"'11\,*

d' ""ilb "n' ayy",'+'

J

,

'I

'WtItV'/,N't'R"'"

h!l'"!'

'II!

SA ON

099-3705D-)6

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

0009

BCT mohfied C,Z
latch

Rl=30001

OOOA

Above BCT
fail€d to decrement
count.

R1=30001

OOOB

Above BCT decremented
count to zero bllt
branched.

Rl=30000

10

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCAtION (s)

FE-ALD
PAGE

FET'1.'1

PAGE

C(J!1;1E'lT<;

AB3G2

CZxxx

6-68')

Count. in l:. ..

R1=30000

10

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-680

Count. :;.n 1 )W byt,"
ALU

R1=30000

NIA

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-680

D~coje

OOOC

BCT modified CZ latch.

R1=300FF

10

AB3G2

Czxxx

6-68()

:::ollnt.

Above BCT failed to
decrement count.

R1=300FF

NIA

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-680

ALU

OOOE

Above BCT branched when
count was zero.

R1=300FF

NIA

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-680

D~coje

OOOF

Above BCT failed to
decrement count.

Rl=300FF

N/A

AB3J2

CAxxx

6-680

ALU

XXXX

Register Decode Test for
Current Level Reg.Group.
The following tests will
load one of the current
level "N" general register
with data. Then the other
six registers are 'ored'
together to test for
register decode errors.
Each of the remaining
six should have data =
00000.

0001

Reg~ster Decode Failure.
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
Rl.

Same

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

0002

LR Rl,Rl failed.

R1=00001

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0003

Register Decode Failure.
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
R1.

Smae

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0004

LBI B1 (1) failed.

R1=30101

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-170
6-120

0005

LCB Rl (0) ,Bl

R1=30101

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0006

Register Decode Fa1lure.
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
R2.

Same

N/A

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0007

LR R1,R2 failed.

R1=R2
R2=00002

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0008

Register Decode Failure.
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
R3.

Same

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

0009

LR R3,B3 failed.

R3=00003

N/A

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

OOOA

Register Decode Failure
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
R3.

Sallie

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

OOOB

LRl R3 (1) failed.

R3=30303

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120
6-120

OOOC

LCB R3 (0) ,Rl (1) failed.

R3=30303

AB3K2

CLxxx

6·220
6-120

(1)

81=301FF

B1=00001

Rl=30101

failed.
82=00002

83=00003

R3=30303

~n

ai'~h

)
)
)

byt.e

Decode Failure for
all error codes
in this routine.

.

Initial Test

Dy':;<;

L,Z 11itcnp.s·

0000

I ')

,

ilS

IBK 3105 COKKUNICATION5 CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYKPTOK INDEX

0

•
•

b

""'

0

••

'WffW''flt

X37051DA C.31

l>

ROUT

5BON

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level ' N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
LATCHES
REGISTER
INST EXEC

'OOOD

Reg~ster Decode Failure
Group Regs.=OOOOO except
R4.

R4=00004

OOOE

LR Rl,R4 failed.

XXXX

Reg~ster Decode Test for
current level. Reg.Group
See 470n write up.

0001

Register Decode Failure.
Group Beg.=OOOOO Except
R5.

0002

LR RS,RS failed.

0003

Register Decode Failure.
Group Regs=OOOOO Except
R5.

ERROR
CODE

0

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITlAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

Same

N/A

R1=R4
R4=00004

(

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION (5)

FEALD
PAGE

FETMM
PAGE

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

0
C
All error codes
routine signify a
Decode failure.

B5=0000S

R5=20505

i'

COMMENTS

Same

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

Note 1

RS=00005

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

Note

Same

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

Note

C
C
~

~~"

failed.

R5=20505

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-110
6··120

Note

R5=20505

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

Note 1

Same

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

Rl=R6
R6=00006

AB3K2
AB3K2

CLxxx
CLxxx

6-220
6-120

Same

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

R7=00007

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

Same

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

0004

LRI R5 (1)

0005

LCR RS (0) ,R5 (1) failed.

0006

Register Decode Failure.
Group Regs.=OOOOO Expect
R6.

0007

LR R1,R6 failed.

0008

Register Decode Failure
Group Regs.=OOOOO Except
R7.

0009

LR R7,R7 failed.

OOOA

Register Decode Failure
Group Regs.=OOOOO Except
R7.

OOOB

LR! R7 (1)

OOOC

LCR R7(0) ,R7(') failed.

xxx X

ldd and subtract pattern
sensitivity test this
routine loops

0001

BCT failed to branch or
altered CZ latches

NIA

NIA

00

AB3J2

Clxxx

6-680

ARI count in Rl

0002

BCT altered CZ latches

NIA

Nil

00

lB~G2

Czxxx

6-680

C,Z latches

0003

The ARI and BCT counts
are not equal - ALU
Failure.

See Note 2

6-170
6-680

0004

The Ail and SRI counts
are not equal. ALU
Failure.

See Note 2

6-170
6-680

0005

The C latch set after
an SRI instruction when
result was not less than
zero.

R6=00006

R7=00007

R7=00707

rf-~

"

\tj

C~
Note 1

,/'~

Note 1

"

failed.

R7=00707

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-170
6-120

Note

R7=00707

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-220
6-120

Note
/

SCON

C.32 X3705ADA

I

BCT count in B3 (1)
SRI count in R7

"'-

,~

00

AB3H2
AB3G2

CDxxx
CAxxx

/~

./

"-

0

C

6-110

Initial Test

C'
f
(

«
(

Ny!" 'f t!"H """ "W 'Ow M!lM IN

J

•D
•
•
•

I
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

iN

GUIf!'Utfl!"".

•

:>99 -3 7') 5D-·)6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

"

•

,de,

ROUT

SPOH

600H

620H

SUSPECTED
HALD
CARD
LOCATION (5) PAGE

FE'! Ml1

00

See Note

1:-170

Z latch set on a non-zero
SRI result.

00

See Note

6-170

0008

Z latch failed to set on
overflow ARI result.

11

See Note

6-170

0009

C latch failed to set on
overflow ARI result

11

See Note 2

6-170

OOOA

ARI and BCT counts not
equal - ALU Failure •

NIA

See Not;

6-170
6-68C

OOOB

SRI failed to set c latch.

10

See Note

6-170

OOOC

ARI did not set Byte X on
overflow condition.

01

See Note 2

6-170

XXXX

Input/Output Instruction
Decode Test

0001

Output Instruction
modified C,Z latch.

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

0006

SRI failed to set C
latch.

0007

0002

Input Instruction modified
CZ latch.

0003

Input or output X '79'
Decode Failure

00011

Output modified CZ latch.

0005

Input modified CZ latch.

0006

Input or output decode
failure.

XlIX

Input Test for CCU
Lag. Reg.

0001

Input Failure
Rl=R3 the address
previous to inputing
LAR.

XlIX

I/O Register Decode
Testing. Level 1
Testing only.
Bach general register.
starting with Level 1
Reg 6 through Level S
Reg 7, is tested.
Testing is done by a
subroutine.

0001

OUT Rl, Test Reg
R2. Test Reg

IN

Bither the "output"
or "input" register
decode failure.

Initial Test

Level' H'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'H'
LATCHES
REGISTER
INST EIEC

COMMENTS

PAGE

All input-ou~pUt
to Reg X '19'
01

B7=30300

lB3H2

CDxx

6-730

Note 1
All failuras in
routine are
of decoile type.
th~s

R3=00300
B7=00000

R1=00000

01

lB3H2

CDxxx

6-710

H/A

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-120

10

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-730

10

AB3H2

CDxxx

6-710

NIA

lB3H2

CDxxx

6-710
6-730

AB3H2
AB3K2

CD003
eSOOl

6-800

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

Note 1

Local Store
Register
selection Failure
See Note. 2 for
Bit Failures

R1=Output
Reg
Data

Rl=R2
R1=Output
Reg Data

H/A

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

The failing register
can be determined
by the data in R1.
Bytes 0 and 1
bits 0 - 3 will
define the register
in Hex. For example
01611 = output to
X' 06'
(Level 1 Reg 6)
11PII=output to
1111"1
(Level S Reg 7)

13705101 C.33

(
(
D99-3705D-J6

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

630N

XXX X

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EIPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(~

FEALD
PAGE

FET!1M
PAGE

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

(

!

COMMENTS
~~

r'

0001

650N

6"Otl

670N

XXXX

I/O Reg~ster Pattern
Sensitivity Testing.
Level 1 testing only.
Each of the general
reg~sters test above
in routine 620N is
tested again with 28
different patterns.

See tiote 2 for
Bit Failur.::!s

OUT El, Test Reg
IN R4, Test Reg
The data in R2 and R4
failed to compare.

R2=R4
R2=Test
Pattern
R3=Test
Reg Data

N/A

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-120

AB31!2

Rl=Reg
X'7E'

01

A83K2

CPxxx

6-850

0002

Diag L2 interrupt request
interrupt bit is not
on interrupt request
Group 2. Reg X'7P'

Rl=Reg
X'7F'
R1=8004

01

AB31!2

CPxxx

6-850

XXXX

General Reg~ster setup.
Exit Level 1.

0001

Same test and error data
as that listed above
under routine 620N.

The Level 1 exit did
not exit to Level 2 but
returned to level 1.

0004

~

rr~
(
\,.
(-\

NIA

NIA

AB3M2

CPxxx

6-750

Program Level
Failure.

N/A

NIA

N/A

AB3112

CPxxx

6-750

Note 3

Level 1 exited to
Level 3 in lieu of
Level 2.

N/A

NIA

NIA

AB3112

CPxxx

6-750

Note 3

0005

Level 1 exited to
Level 4 in lieu of
Level 2.

N/A

NIA

NIA

AB3112

CPxxx

6-750

Note 3

0006

Level 1 exited to
Level 5 in lieu of
Level 2.

N/A

N/A

NIA

AB3112

CPxxx

6-750

Note 3

XXXX

General Register Interaction testing_ Once the
basic routines have been
run under program Level 2,
the general registers for
Level 3 RO through Level 5
R7 are tested to verify that
the Level 2 programs d~d not
alter the data previously
stored by routine 630N.

0001

C.34 X3705ADA

Interaction between Level
2 and some other general
register.

r

~
~.,

Interrupt requests Group
1 has outstanding bits on.
Reg X'7E'

0003

('

lI~x

Program Level
Failure

CPxxx

0001

Exit Instruction failed to
exit Level 1.

('

R3 Bytes J anJ 1
B~LS 0-3 iefLnes
the register,
in

Level 1 to Level 2
Setup Test.
A subroutine
is used to unmask Level,
set Diag L2 interrupt and
Prepares to exit Levell.

0002

~.

L0cal'St~re aegis~er
selection f~il~rd

/

j

/

AB3K2
AB3112

CLxxx
CPxxx

Register Selection
Program Level
Failure

-"

\,-~
r-~

R4=Expected
Data
R2=Actual
Rl=Input
Reg Data

NIA

6-120

The failinq register
can be determined
by the data in Rl.
Bytes 0 and 1 Bits
0-3 will define
the register,
in Hex

In~tial

Test

'-,
(~
,,"
"

C

0
0

0

I
,I

r

1
:~

I

o ..

•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ERROR
CODE

690N

XXXX

I/O Register Decode
Testing. Level 2
testing only.

0001

OUT Rl, Test Reg
IN R2, Test Reg
Register decode failed.
Previously tested under
program Level 1, must be
level sensitive.

,

~
6AON

-"-"

I

6DON

•
•
•

N/A

FET~'"

PAGE

COMMENT';

6-120

Rl Bytes
B~ts

')

!in:)

1

0-3 lafines the

register, Ln Hex.
Register Select~on
See Note 2 for
Bit Fa~lures.

AB3K2

CLxxx

AB3K2

CLxxx

Fegis~e~ Selection
See Note 2 for
B~t Failllre5.

AB3K2

CLxxx

R3 bytes ') and 1
bit 1)-3 defLnes the
register in dex

AB3112

CPxxx

~~~1~~: Level

OUT R2, Test Reg
IN R4, Test Reg
Previously tested under
program Level 1, must be
level sensitive.

XXXX

Level 2 to Level 3
Setup Test. A sub-routine is used to mask
Level 2, unmask Level 3,
reset diag L2 request
interrupt, and prepares
to exit Level 2.

0001

Diag L2 interrupt request
bit failed to reset.

Rl=Req I'7F'

N/l

lB3M2

CPxxx

6-070

0002

PCI L3 interrupt request
Bit fa~led to set~
Reg X'7F'
Byte 1 Bit 6.

R1=Req I'7F'

N/A

AB3112

CPxxx

6-070
6-860

XXIX

General Re9ister
Setup. EX1t Level 2.

0001

Same test and error
data as listed above
under routine 690N.

0002

Exit 1nstruction failed
to exit L2.

N/A

N/A

N/A

AB3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CL«xx

6-070
6-750

Program Level
Failure
Register selectioD

0003

Level 2 exited to Level
in lieu of Level 3.

N/l

N/A

N/l

AB3K2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

0004

Level 2 exited to Level 2
in lieu of Level 3.

N/A

N/A

N/A

1B3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

0005

Level 2 exited to Level II
in'lieu of Level 3.

N/A

N/A

N/A

AB3K2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

0006

Level 2 exited to Level 5
in lieu of Level 3.

lI/A

N/A

N/A

AB3K2
AB3K2

CPn;x
CLxxx

6-010
6-750

Note 3

XXIX

General Register
Interaction Testing.
Once the basic routines
have been run under
program Level 3, the
general registers for
Level II Reg 0 through
Level 1 Reg 7 are tested
to verify that the Level
3 programs did not alter
the data previously
stored by routine 6DON.

AB3K2
AB3M2

CLxxx
CPxxx

~.
-)
Initial Test

•

Rl"R2
Rl=Output
lleg Data

PfAtD
PAGE

0001

'''1~

6FON

B1=Output
Reg Data

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION (s)

I/O Register Pattern
Sensitivity Testing.
Level 2 testing only.

-\
6CON

Level 'N'
EiPEC'TD RESULTS ~~~ugPIUOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

XXXX

)

•
•

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

ROUT

099-3705D-06

R2=RII
R2=Test
Pattern
R3=Test
Req Data

N/A

Reg X'7F' byte ')
bit o equals Diag
L2 request

6-120

Register SelectioD
Program level
Failure

13105101 C.35

~--~----~-------,---

...

-....-._--._"."

- o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

0001

Interaction between Level
3 and scme other general

Level 'H'
EIPIC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN L.EV&L 'N'
lNG CZ
IHST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES
R4=~xpected

reg~ster.

700N

710N

XXXX

I/O Register Decode Testing.
Level 3 testing only.

000 1

OUT R1, Test Reg
IN R2, Test Reg
Register decode failed.
Previously tested under
program Levels 1 & 2.

XXXX

I/O Re9ister Pattern
sensit1vity Testing.
Level 3 testing only.

000 1

OUT R2, Test Reg
IN R4, Test Reg
Previously tested under
program Level 1 and 2'
must be Level sensitive.

H/A

Data
R2=Actual
R1=Input
Reg Data

R1=R2
R1=output
Reg Data

R2=R4
R2=Test
Pattern
R3=Test
Reg Data

N/A

NIA

SUSPECTED

CARD

FEALD

LOCATION(s) PAGE

PE,./t11

PAGE

COMMENT'"

6-12C

P1 bytes J an1 1
bits 0-3 defines
register in Hex

AB3K2
AB3K2

CLxxx
CPxxx

Afl3K2

CLlI;XX

AB3K2

CLxxx

AB3K2

CLxxx

Register Selection
See Note 2 for
Bit Pailllre.

AB3K2

CLxxx

R3 bytes 0 and 1
bits 0-3 defines the
register, in Hex.

Register Selection
6-120

R1 Bytes 0 and 1
bits 0-3 defines the
register, in Hex.

,('I

~-

730N

740N

XXXX

Level 3 to Level 4
Setup Test. A subroutine
is used to mask Level 3,
unmask Level 4, reset
PCl L3 request, set
PCl L4 request, and
prepares to exit Level 3.

CPxxx

0001

PCI L3 interrupt request
bit failed to reset.
Reg X'7F' byte 1 bit 6.

R1=Reg X'7P'

N/A

CPxxx

6-860

0002

PCl L4 interrupt request
bit failed to set.
Reg X'7F' byte 0 Bit 7.

R1=Reg X'7P'

NIA

CPxxx

6-860

0003

outstanding bits on in
Reg X'7F'.

R1=0000

01

CPxxx

8-870

XXXX

General Register Setup.
Exit Level 3.

0001

Same test and error
data as listed above under
routine 700B.

0002

Exit instruction failed
to exit L3.

183K2

/

6-120

NIl

II/A

NIA

183K2
183K2

CLxxx
CPxxx

6-750

6~070

Register Selection
Progra. Level
pailure

0003

Level 3 exited to
Level 1 in lieu of
Level 4.

B/A

NIA

AB3K2
183K2

CLxxx
CPxxx

6-070
6-750

Mote 3

0004

Level 3 exited to Level
2 in lieu of Level 4.

N/A

NIA

183K2

CLxxx
CPxxx

6-070
6-750

Mote 3

AB3K2

0005

Level 3 exited to Level
3 in lieu of Level 4.

B/A

IfIA

AB3K2
AB3K2

CLxXX
CPxxx

6-070
6-750

Mote 3

0006

Level 3 exited to Level
5 in lieu of Level 4.

N/A

NIA

AB3K2
AB3"2

CLxxx
CPxxx

6-070

Note 3

6-750

(
(
{.

C.36 X3705ADA

Initial Test

(J

o

•

rltH

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

760N

XXX X

1/0

D99-3705D-.)0

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

Interaction
Once the basic
rout~nes have been run
under program Level 4, the
general reg~sters for
Level 5 Reg 0 through
Level 3 Reg 7 are tested
to verify that the Level
programs dld not alter
the data previously stored
by routlne 740N.

770N

0001

Interaction between Level
4 and seme other general
register.

XXXX

I/O Register Decode Testing
Level 4 testing only.

0001

OUT Rl, Test Reg
R2, Test Reg
Reg~ster decode fai~ed.
previously tested under
program Levels 1, 2 and
IN

)

FETMM
PAGE

CLxxx
CPxxx

COMMENTS
Register S~lec~~on
Program Level
failure
Se(~ NOT..e 2 for
Bit Failllr-JS

R4=Expected
Data
R2=Actual
Rl=Input
Reg Data

Rl=R2
Rl=Output
Reg Data

NIA

NIA

AB3K2
AB3M2

CLxxx
CPxxx

AB3K2

CLxxx

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-070

Rl bytes 0 a~d 1
b1tS 0-3 defines
register, 1n Hex.

Register
6-120

Select~on

Rl byte 0 oits 0
Bits 0-3 defines
in Hex.

~he

3.

780N

XXXX

1/0 Register Pattern

0001

OUT R2, Test Reg
IN R4, Test Reg
Previously tested under
Program Levels " 2, and

nON

sensit~vity Testing. Level
4 testing only.

R2=RII
R2=Test
Pattern
R3=Test
Reg Data

NIA

XXXX

Kemory Addressing Test Runs Only
under program Level 4.

0001

Invalid fold occurred at
address in Rl. Fold occurs
when maximum address of 64K
or 256K is incremented and
wraps back to audress zero,
and is therefore valid only
if memory size = 64K or 256K.
Fold failed to occur

Rl=Address
of fold

Address determined by input
X'70' did not cause fold to
address X'OOOO'. Fold should
occur if 64K or 256K.

R3=Max Address
per X'70'

0003

Storage size input, Reg
X'70' appears to be in
error. Address exception
was set prior to reaching
the maximum address derived
from data in Reg X'70'.

Rl=Address
of error
R3=Max
Address
Derived
From X'70'

NIA

0004

Unexpected Level 1 Request
Bits in Reg X'7E'.

R7=X'7E'

NIA

0005

Failed to set address
exception.

Rl=Address
of ex-ror.

0006

Level 1 interrupt but
address exception bit is
not on. Byte 1 Bit 1
Reg X'7E'.

R3=X'7E'

0002

)

Initial Test

)

SUSPECTED
ClRD
PEALD
LOCATION(s) PAGE
AB3K2
AB3!l2

Reg~ster

3.

•
•

"I,

w

Testing.

•
•

en"

NIA

Rl=Address

AB3K2

CLxxx

Register Selection
See Note 2 for
Bit Failures

AB3K2

CLxxx

R3 Bytes 0 and 1
Bits 0-3 defines the
register, in Hex.
See Note 2.

AB3K2
ABIIE2

CLxxx
CMxxx

Register Selection
Address Exception
Failure.

AB3K2
ABIIE2

CLxxx
CMxxx

AB3K2

CLxxx
CKxxx

CLxxx
CKxxx

6-770
6-005

AB3K2
ABIIE2

CLxxx
CKxxx

6-850

NIl

AB3K2
ABIIE2

CLxxx
CKxxx

6-005

NIl

AB3K2
AB4E2

CLxxx
CKxxx

6-850

X37051Dl C.37

()

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

7BON

7cON

7FON

ERROR
CODE

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level' N'
EXPEC'TO RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSP ECTED
CARD
LOCATION(~

FEALD
PAGE

FETMM
PAGE

0007

Address exception bit
failed to reset. Output
to Reg. X'77'.

R3=X'7E'

NIA

AB3K2

CLxxx

6-900

0008

Data Failure
The data stored at each
location ~s its own address
value.
As a result, R3
eguals both the expected
data and the address that
fuled.

R3=Expected
R5=Actual

01

AB3K2
AB4E2

CLxxx
CMx.xx

7-020
7-030

0009

Address exception failed
to set when attempting
to load a halfword from an
invalid address.

R3=Address
of error

01

AB3K2
AB4E2

CLxxx
CMxxx

6-050

DaDA

Address exception error
occurred while attempting
to load a halfword from
a valid address.

R3=Address

N/A

AB3K2
AB4E2

CLXxx
CMxxx

6-050

OOOB

An address exception error
occurred but failed to
trap to Level 1.

R5=Reg
X'7E'

N/A

AB3K2
ABJJE2

CLxxx
CMxxx

6-050

XXXX

Level q to Level 5 Setup
Test. A subroutine is used
to mask Level 4, unmask
Level 5, reset PCI L4
request, and prepares to
exit Level 4.

AB3M2

CPxxx

COMMENTS

(
/

AB3M2

CPxxx

6-810
6-820

NIA

AB3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Program Level
Failure
Register Selection

N/A

NIA

AB3M2
AB3K2

CP-xxx
CLxxx

6-070
,6-750

Note

Level 4 exited to Level
in lieu of Level 5.

N/A

N/A

AB3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLXxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

0005

Level 4 exited to Level
in lieu of Level 5.

N/A

NIA

AB3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

0006

Level 4 exited to Level
in lieu of Level 5.

N/A

AB3M2
AB3K2

CPxxx
CLxxx

6-070
6-750

Note 3

XXIX

Level 5 to Level 1 setup
Test.
A subroutine is used
to aask Level 5 and prepares
to return to Level 1.

AB3M2

CPxxx

0001

An "output" instruction
is executed under program
Level 5 in order to force
a Level 1 interrupt. The
output failed to set 1/0
check Level 1 or mask Level
5 failed.

AB3M2

CPxxx

R1=the 'OR'
of Regs
X'7E'
X'7F'

0001

Outstanding bits are on ~n
either interrupt request
Group 1 or 2 (1'76', 1'77'),
excluding the timer L3 bit.

XXXI

General Register Setup
Exit Level 4.

0001

Same test and error data
as listed above under
routine 770N.

0002

Exit ~nstruction failed to
exit L4.

N/A

0003

Level 4 exited to Level
in lieu of Level 5.

0004

NIA

NIA

prograll Level
ailure

(

(

6-050

i\
c.38 13705AOA

Initial Test

D99-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROUT

800N

•
•

810N

lION

•
•

ERROR
CODE

PUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

SUSPECTED
CARD
LOCATION(~

FEALD
PAGE

FErMM
PAGE

0002

The I/O check above
trapped to Level 2 in
lieu of Levell.

N/A

N/A

AB3M2

CPxxx

6-070

0003

The I/O check above
trapped to Level 3 in
lieu of Le\el 1.

N/A

N/A

AB3M2

CPxxx

6-070

0004

The I/O check above
trapped to Level 4 in
lieu of Levell.

N/A

N/A

AB3M2

CPxxx

6-070

XXXI

I/O Register Interaction
Testing. Once the basic
routines have been run under
program Levels 2, 3, 4, and
5, the program makes an
additional pass under
program Levell. Then the
general registers for
Level 3 Reg 0 through
Level 5 Reg 7 are tested
for any interaction.

lB3K2

CLxxx

Interaction did occur.

XXXI

Reset Level 1 In/Out Check
L1 Test.

0001

Output to Reg X'77' with
data X'0004'
Pailed to reset check.

1001

Routine continuity error.
At the start of a given
routine R1 is loaded with
a value equal to the given
routine number, this value
is then compared to a
"current routine number"
which is read from a table.
As a result, should a wild
branch(s) occur this trap
should catch it.

H/l

Bl=lctual
B3=Expected

1002

Subroutine to Test Byte I.
Since the fullword instructions have not been
tested the first couple
of passes through this
subroutine, the data in
Rl is shifted right two
places and then tested
using lOR halfword.

XXON

2001

Level 5 to Level 1
Interrupt Handler.
Unable to reset Level
request bits.
Output to Reg X'77'
With data X'COOC'.

UOH

2002

Exit from Level 1
Handler Failed.
Previously tested.

)

Initial Test

Register Selec~~on
See Note 2 for

Bit

0001

lION

COMMENTS

R4=Expected
Data
R2=lctual
R1=Input
Reg Data

N/A

AB3K2

CLxxx

Rl=x'7E'

N/A

AB3G2
AB3L2

CQ004
CU014

Rl should
equal R3

N/A

N/A

N/A

01

AB4J2

01

1B3G2
lB3M2

N/l

N/l

Fa~lures

Rl bytes 0 and 1
bits 0-3 dafines
the register in
Hex.

6-900

output '77' fail
I/O check latch
failure

DPxxx

6-220

'X' Byte Failure

CQ004
CPxxx

6-900

Output '77' Pail
Program Level
Failure

Rl=lctual
R3=Expected

Rl should
equal R3

N/l

6-070

13705101 C.39

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX
FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

D9Q-3705D-06

Level 'N'
EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ
PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N'
LATCHES
REGISTER
INST EIEC

SUSPECTED
FEUD
CARD
LOCATION (s) PAGE

FETl1l1
PAGE

COl1!HNTS

(

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

XXON

2003

While running under
program Level 2, an unexpected Level 1 interrupt
occurred.

NIl

NIA

NIA

NIA

6-070

Note 3

nON

2004

While running under
program Level 2, an
unexpected Level 2
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIA

NIA

NIA

6-070

Note 3

IXOn

2005

Whl.le running under
program Level 2, an
unexpected Level 3
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIA

NIA

NIA

6-070

Note 3

UON

2006

~~~~~a~U~~!~l

under
2, an
unexpected Level 4
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

XXON

2008

While running under
Level 3, an unexpected
Level 1 interrupt
occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

\'_J

nON

2009

While runnini under
program Leve 3, an
unexpected Level 2
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

(,'

lION

2001

under
~~~~~a;u~:!~i 3, an
unexpected Level 3
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

XXON

200B

While runnini under
program Leve 3, an
unexpected Level 4
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

nON

200D

While runnini under
Program Leve 4, an
unexpected Level 1
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

..t'"-

(

/

i

\..

UON

200E

While runnini under
program Leve 4, an
unexpected Level 2
Interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIA

6-070

Note 3

\

~

nON

200F

While runnini under
program Leve 4, an
unexpected Level 3
interrupt occurred.

NIl

NIl

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

lION

2010

While runnini under
prograa Leve 4, an
unexpected Level 4
interrupt occurred.

NIA

lilA

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

nON

2012

While runnini under
prograa Leve 5, an
unexpected Level 2
interrupt occurred.

NIA

1111

NIl

NIl

6-070

Note 3

C.40 137051DA

Initial Test

•

,I,

I I

H

aJ

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

ROUT

ERROR
CODE

XXON

2013

While running under
program LevelS, an
unexpected Level 3
interrupt occurred.

XXON

2014

While runnini under
program Leve 5, an
unexpected Level 4
interrupt occurred.

XXON

Level 'II'

EUBe''fD RESUL'fS JBSULTLl'fCHES

~~i&EC1ED
FEUD
LOCltlQI Csi PAGE

tf/l

1/1

11/1

N/l

1/1

UIOR 'fO 'fES'f II LEVEL 'II'
REGIS'fER
IIS'f EIBC

IIIG CZ

FETItlt

PAGE

COMItENTS

1/1

6-C70

Note 3

1/1

II/A

6-070

Note 3

Second pass through
Level 1 after running
test under program
Levels 2, 3, 4 and 5.
2015

Unexpected Level 1
interrupt occurred.

II/A

tI/A

N/l

1/1

6-070

lIote 3

2016

Unexpected Level 2
interrupt occurred.

tI/l

II/A

1/1

1/1

6-070

Note 3

2017

Unexpected Level 3
interrupt occurred.

11/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

6-070

Note 3

2018

unexpected Level 4
interrupt occurred.

IVA

R/A

II/A

N/A

6-070

Note 3

2019

Program level 5 became
the active program level
while attempting to run
under either program level
1, 2, 3, or 4. To determine
which level should be
active, look at the data
in display register B.
Bits 1.4 through 1.7 define
the program level under
test (see page 3-010).

N/A

I/A

II/A

I/A

6-070

Note 3

nON

2020

While runnini under
program Leve 5, a
Level 1 interrupt
occurred and the
I/O check bit was
not on.

tI/A

tI/A

II/A

I/A

6-070

Note 3

XXON

2021

Subroutine to handle timer
N/A
Level 3 interrupts. An
attempt to reset the timer
bit (X' 7F' 1.5) failed. output
1'11' with data 1'0040' vas
used to attempt the reset.

R7 m 8X!
Beq

11/1

A-83L2

CPOO7

•
•

I
•
•

099-37'.)50-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

Ini tial Test

Note 3

X'7P'

1370510A C.111

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX

ROU'r

ERROR
COPE

D99-3705D-06

FUNCTION TESTED
and
ERROR DESCRIPTION

Level INI
EXPECITD RESULTS RESULTTO TEST IN LEVEL IN'
ING CZ
INST EXEC
REGISTER
LATCHES

~RIOR

NO'rE 1:

The error reporting subroutine uses registers R5 and R7.
As a result, if it is des~red to observe the data values
expressed for a given error code, the data in R5 and R7
must be recorded at the initial "out stop".

NOTE 2:

Use the follow~ng chart to determine the suspected card(s)
for all 1LU or data sens~tive errors. The card should
be keyed off of the failing bits in the register as
defined under "expected results".
Once a given instruction is tested for
a basic ALU and C-Z Latch setting, that any errors that
follow are due to data sensitivity.
BITS IN ERROR

CARD

Byte X, Bits IJ, 5
Byte X, Bits P, 6, 7
Byte 0,
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
Byte
NOTE 3:

C.42 X3105ADA

B~ts

P, 0,

0, Bits 2,
0, Bits 5,
1, Bits P,
1, Bits 2,
1, Bits 5,

3,
6,
0,
3,
6,

IJ
1
1

4
1

SUSPECTED
CARD
FEALD
LOCATION(s) PAGE

FE"'MM
PAGE

COMMENTS

LOGIC PAGE

A-BIJS2
A-B4J2

DEXXX
DFXXX

A-BIJI<2

DGXXX

A-BIJL2
A-B4112
A-B4N2
1-B4P2
1-B4Q2

DHXXX
DJXXX
DKXXX
DLXXX
DIIXXX

This error code can not be looped using the
Ini tial Test 'loop on error' option.

Initial Test

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

099-37050-06

APPENDIX 0 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX
D.1 IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are manual intervention routines for the CCU
Internal Functional Test. The page numbers referred to are D99-3705E
pages.

•
•
•
•

COMMENTS

ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

1156

Storage Protect keys

1.16

1190

Customer Usage Meter

1.22

See Notes on Page 1.30

0.2 IBM 3705 STORAGE IFT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routine is an IBM 3705 storage IFT manual intervention
routine.
The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

X209

Storage worst case pattern

COMMENTS
2.5

See Page 2.3 to
use this routine
with the Schmoo
test.

0.3 IBM 3705 TYPE 1 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are type 1 communication scanner manual
intervention routines.
The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages.
COMMENTS

ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

15CB

The four basic functions
of integrated Auto-Call
units and modems.

5.0.101

Tests: Auto dial
only, Auto dial
disconnect, Auto
dial and transmit
marks with disconnect.
See Page 5.0.157 for
a description of
the normal stops
when running this
routine.

15CA

The three basic functions
of integrated modems with

5.0.108

Tests: Auto-answer
only, Auto-answer

Manual Intervention Routine Index

Page 0.1

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

099-37050-06

the Auto-answer
feature

and receive with
data checking, and
Auto-answer witho~t
data checking.
See
Page 5.0.157 for a
description of the
normal stops for
this routine.

15CE

External data wrap

5.0.113

See Page 5.0.157

1500

Oata set ready active

5.0.126

See Page 5.0.157

15D1

Auto-call EIA receivers
and drivers

5.0.127

See Page 5.0.157

15D2

Oata set ready inactive

5.0.131

See Page 5.0.157

15D4

Carrier detect active

5.0.132

See Page 5.0.157

1506

Carrier detect inactive

5.0.133

See Page 5.0.157

15D8

Receive data space

5.0.134

See Page 5.0.157

15DA

Receive data mark

5.0.135

See Page 5.0.157

15DC

Ring indicate active

5.0.136

See Page 5.0.157

15DE

Ring indicate inactive

5.0.136

See Page 5.0.157

15EO

Clear to send

5.0.137

See Page 5.0.157

15E4

New Sync active

5.0.139

See Page 5.0.157

15E6

Telegraph echo check

5.0.140

See Page 5.0.157

15EB

Monitor mode 01

5.0.142

See Page 5.0.157

15EA

Interrupt mode 10

5.0.143

See Page 5.0.157

15FO

SOLC link test

5.0 .. 144

See Page 5.0.157

0.4 IBM 3705 TYPE 2 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are manual intervention routines for the type 2
communication scanner IFT.
The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages
except as indicated.
ROUT.

PC)ge 0.2

FUNCTION TESTED

COMMENTS

Manual Intervention Routine Index

-IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

•
•
t
•
•

099-37050-06

X690

SABRE RPQ new sync lead

6.1.90

X694

PCF state X'F' disable

6.1.90

X698

Transmit test for PCF
state X'B'

6.1.92

X69C

Modem

6.1.94

X6CE

External Wrap

6.1.95

X6DO

Plotter Adapter RPQ test

6.1.105

X6FO

SDLC link test

6.1.106

See Page 6.2.3

X6F2

Wrap Line Set Test

6.1.112

Wraps modems,
and line sets

T3705L

Panel line test

5.1

See Chapter 5
in 099-37050

interf~ce

See Page 6.2.3

~

Manual Intervention Routine Index

Page 0.3

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

099-37050-06

0.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type
3 communication scanner IFT.
The pages referred to are 099-3705E pages except as indicated.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

COMMENTS

X74l

Sets line addresses
for testing

7.0.74

X7AB

Wrap Line sets

7.1.221

X7FO

SOLe link test

7.1.267

T3705L

Panel line test

5.1

Allows changing wrap
addresses for
scanner wrap tests.

See Chapter 5
in D99-37050.

I

/

\

Page 0.4

Manual Int.ervention Routine Index

f

r

•

\1

099-37050-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
1FT RUN EXAMPLES

APPENDIX E.

1FT RUN EXAMPLES

This example is a sample run of IBM 3705 Internal Function~l Tests and
Initial Tests.
This example assumes that the Channel Adapter OLTs
have been run successfully, refer to 099-3705C Appendix B for CA OLT
run example.
The request shown test all adapters with all tests excluding Manual
Intervention and external wrap routines.
The referenced paragraph numbers provide information to run
individual tests using different parameters such as error loops and
test loops etc.
The referenced paragraphs also provide a starting
point when unexpected error stops occur.
The sequence shown assumes OLTEP or OLTSEP is running in the host
CPU and the CDS is correct for all adapters.
rhe DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL
switch should be set to PROCESS, and the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT
switch should be set to STATUS.

SYSTEM COMMUNICATION

•
•

System;
ENTER DEV/TEST/OPT
reply:
'xxx/3705A/nfe,ext=nyyn/'

NOTES AND REFERENCES
099-3705D paragraph 3.2.2.1.
This entry request IFTs to be
across the channel to the 3705 •
The ext parameter shown causes
the Initial Test to run.
Refer
to D99-370SD paragraph 3.2.2.1.

System;
S T3705A
System;
PRESS LOAD ON 3705

System;
THE STATUS OF THE 3705 CANNOT
BE DETERMINED. WARNINGCONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE
ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME
UNAVAILABLE.
ENTER 'c' TO

IFT Run Examples

Press LOAD on the 3705, the
IFTs will load across the
channel after the Initial
Test.
099-37050 paragraph 1.1.2
'Initial Messages'.
Warning
message mayor may not occur
depending upon operating
system.

T3705A

E.1

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
IFT RUN EXAMPLES

SYSTEM COMMUNICATION

D99-37050-06

NOTES AND REFERENCES

CANCEL OR 'P' TO PROCEED.
Reply;
, p'

System;
3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705xxx

System;
3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705ADA

System;
WAITING FOR IFT COMPLETION

System;
3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705AEA

System;
3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705ACA
System;
ENTER IFT REQUEST AT 3705

E.2

T3705A

099-37050 paragraph 3.2.2.2.
xxx=AAA if loading via a type
1/4 CA; xxx=ABA if loading via
type 2/3 CA.
Refer to D99-3705D Chapter 4
for Initial Test Description.
Initial Test Section 1 is running.
See 099-37050 Appendix C for
error descriptions.
This message may occur
periodically between sections
while the tests are running in
the 3705. No action is required.
Refer to 099-37050 Chapter 4.0
for Initial Test Description.
Initial Test section 2 is
running.
Refer to 099-37050
Appendix C for error stops.
The DeM is now in control of
the 3705.
Refer to 099-37050 paragraph
3.3.1. Set the FUNCTION/
DISPLAY SELECT switch to
FUNCTION 4, DISPLAY A & B
should be X'FFFF', HARD-STOP,
and PROGRAM DISPLAY lights
should be on. Set the STORAGE
ADDRESS/DATA switches to X'OOOO'
and press START. DISPLAY B
should be X'8002', HARD-STOP

IFT Run Examples

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
IFT RUN EXAMPLES

SYSTEM COMMUNICATION

099-37050-06

NOTES AND REFERENCES
and PROGRAM DISPLAY lights should
be on.
Press START; this
procedure selected all tests to
run on all adapters.

System;
3705 LOADEO WITH 1FT X3705BAA

•
0

~

•
•

Refer to D99-3705D pa~agraph
3.2.2 for a list of IFT sections.

System;
3705 LOADEO WITH 1FT X3705BBA
System;
3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705BCA
System;
3705 LOADED WITH 1FT X3705CAA
System;
3705 LOADED WITH 1FT X3705CBA

System;
WAITING FOR 1FT COMPLETION

1FT Run Examples

Beyond this point, the actual
modules run depends upon the
upon the hardware CDS.
A list
of all 1FT modules is located
in D99-37050 paragraph 3.2.2.2 •
The list in this example only
shows the CCU and storage 1FT
sections.
If unexpected error
stops occur, refer to 099-37050
paragraph 3.3.2 for an analysis
of the display information and
for pointers to the correct
symptom index in D99-3705E.
DISPLAY A = X'FFFF' and DISPLAY
B = X'BOFO' indicates that the
IFTs have completed and no errors
were detected.
Refer to D99-3705D paragraph
3.3.1 to run additional tests.
Terminate testing by entering
X'FOxx' in the STORAGE ADDRESS/

T3705A

E.3

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
IFT RUN EXAMPLES

SYSTEM COMMUNICATION

099-37050-06

NOTES AND REFERENCES
DATA switches and pressing
START.

System;
T T3705A
. This example does not completely test the LIBs and Line Sets. More
in-depth testing can be done using the manual intervention routines
referred to in 099-3705D Appendix O.
To specifically check line sets,
external wrap manual intervention routines can be used.
Manual
intervention routines can be used to further test storage and customer
usage meter.
Interaction between the communication scanner, LIBs, and/or line
sets can cause scanner error stops that are caused by the line sets.

E.4

T3705A

IFT Run

~,

/\

Ex~mples

,

/

o

•
o
o
o
o
o
o

•
•o
o

•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM/TECHNICAL NEWSLETTER

DCL-3705D-08
D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENENCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE
TEST, and INITIAL TEST

Page updates are provided for Appendix A, Communications Controller
Configuration Data set description, for editorial corrections.
Remove Pages

Add

D99-3705D-06

DCL-3705D-08

Cover

v - vi

Pa9~s

Cover

v - vi

A.5 - A.6

A.S

- A.6

0.1 - 0.6

0.1

- D.6

File this cover letter with the
the change.

m~nual

to provide a record of

IBM Network Products RAS, SCD Laboratory, Dept. G64,
P.o. Box 12295, Rese~~ch Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27709

o
o
o
o
o
()

'01.... /

()
()

o

o
o
frO,

DCl-370SD-OB
D99-3705D-06
SUr1MARY OF

A~n·1ENOMENTS

FOR DCl-3705D-07

This DCl updates the Configuration Data Set Description, Appendix A.

I

In addition, the Manual Intervention Routine Index, Appendix 0, has
been updated to include new Type 3 Communication Scanner and Type 4
Channel Adapter Manual Intervention Routines.

il

Section 3 Symptom Index References were updated to include the new
Type 4 Ch~nnel Adapter M~nual Intervention Routines.

~o
10
!
10

o
o

SUMMARY OF

AMMENDMENTS

FOR

DCl-3705D-OB

This DCl updates the Configuration Data Set Description, Appendix A
page a.6.

•
•o
o

•
•
•
•

v

T370SA

o
DCL-3705D-OB
D99-37050-06

o
o

,"

(

'

/

,

T3705A

vi

'.

/'

o

o
o

o
o

o
o
o
o

o
•o
o

•
•
•
•
•
•

4

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROllER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

DCL-3705D-OS
099-37050-06

A.1.1 RANGE DEFINITION
It is mandatory that each address in the described Emulator ~ddress
r~nge be defined by a IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703 CDS entry in order to
use that address as a test device address.
It is recommended that a
CDS entry be included for all addresses in the range in order to
prevent a 'NO CDS ENTRY' message for each undefined address.
If it is necessary to use a large range of emulator addresses, the
following dummy CDS entry can be used for e~ch unused subch~nnel
address to minimize the OlT printouts:
Card Col
Punch

2-4
CDS

10-17
DEV ADDR

22-25
4001

52
/

Part 2 of the CDS has a variable length and is composed of the
Index/Data blocks needed to define the hardware.
Each hardware
feature is referred to by its unique block type (i.e. CCU data block
is type A, type 1 channel ad~pter data block is type B, etc.)
The index block cont~ins 2 bytes for each data block to be defined,
one byte to indic~te block type and another to indicate the half-word
displ~cement value of the corresponding d~ta block containing the
hardware definition.
Each data block must start on a halfword
boundary.
Communication scanners 3 and 4 are contained on a symbolic CDS
entry because of length restrictions.
This entry is not punched
unless the third or fourth communication scanners are present.
This
CDS entry ;s handled by the OlT loader and ;s not referred to by the
CE when entering the 'DEV/TEST/OPT/' p~r~meters.
Following ;s the form~t for m~ch;ne configuration.
Punch cards as
indicated using CDS card format as provided.
The index identifies the
hardware installed and providss a pointer to the data block containing
the detailed description.
If not applic~ble, an index entry m~y be
left blank, or punched with zeros, but the assigned c~rd columns must
be maintained.
After completing the definition of the last line sets of the l~st
lIB installed on the 3705, insert ~ ' / ' in that card column that would
normally start the next Scanner definition.

Configuration Data Set

T3705A

A.5

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

CDS

Card

Byte

Col

OCL-37050-08
099-37050-06

Contents(Type-Address)
Adapter Number/1FT Number - (00 or
I
blank ; f not ; nstalled)
I CDS Address of Data Block - pointer to
I I
~d~pter description
I I Block type - data block containing
I I
I
adapter descri pt i on
Description

o
o
o
o
(('~
~

"~\

\,~

--------------------------------------------------------------------1-15

2

A.6

T3705A

IE-IF
20-21

16-19
20-23

22-23

24-27

24-25

28-31

26-27

32-35

28-29

36-39

2A-2B

40-43

2C-2D

44-47

2E-2F

48-51

30-31

52-55

32-33

56-59

34-35

60-63

\

Must be blank
11 23 CA) CCU
22 23 (A) stor~ge SSM 2
(Blank if FET storage)
32 23 (A) storage BSM 3
CBlank if FET storage)
42 23 CA) Storage 85M 4
(Blank if FET storage)
52 23 (A) storage 8SM 5
(Blank if FET storage)
62 23 CA) storage BSM 6
(Blank if FET storage)
72 23 CA) storage 8SM 7
(Blank if FET storage)
82 23 CA) Storage BSM 8
(Blank if FET storage)
12 23 CA) Stor~ge BSM 1
or FET storage
instmlled

13 22 (e) TYPE 1 eA IN 1ST POSITION.
14 22 (e) If type 2 or type 3 eA
in 1st position.
19 22 (e) If type 4 eA in 1st position.
24 24 (e) If type 2 or type 3 eA
in 2nd position.
29 24 (e) If type 4 CA in 2nd position.
39 25 (C) If type 4 CA in 3rd position.

Configuration Data Set

('
I

\,

,

o

o

IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

DCL-370SD-OB
D99-3705D-06

I

10
,

10

1:

t

o
o
o

o
o

APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX
0.1 IBM 370S CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are manual intervention routines for the CCU
Internal Functional Test. The page numbers referred to are 099-3705E
pages.
COMMENTS

ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

11S6

Storage Protect keys

1.16

1190

Customer Usage

1.22

~eter

See Notes on Page 1.30
'J

0.2 IBM 3705 STORAGE 1FT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES

The following routine is an IBM 3705 storage IFT manual intervention
routine. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

X209

Storage worst case pattern

COMMENTS
2.5

See Page 2.3 to
use this routine

with the Schmoo
test.
0.3 IBM 370S TYPE 1 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are type 1 communication sc~nner m~nual
intervention routines. The pages referred to are D99-370SE pages.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

FUNCTION TESTED
15CB

lSCA

COP'1r1ENTS

The four basic functions
of integrated Auto-Call
units and modems.

S.0.101

The three basic functions
of integrated modems with

S.0.108

Manual Intervention Routine Index

Tests: Auto dial

only, Auto dial
disconnect, Auto
di~l Qnd transmit
marks with disconnect.
S~a Page S.0.lS7 for
a description of
the normal stops
when running this
routine.
Tests: Auto-answer
only, Auto-answer

Page D.1

IBH 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INOEX

DCL-3705D-08
D99-37050-06

the Auto-answer'
feature

and receive with
data checking, and
Auto-answer without
data checking.
See
Page 5.0.157 for a
description of the
normal stops for
this routine.

15CE

Exter'na1 data wrap

5.0.113

See Page 5.0.157

1500

Osta set raG1dy active

5.0.126

See POige 5.0.157

1501

Auto-call EIA receivers
and drivers

5.0.127

See Page 5.0.157

15D2

Data set ready inactive

5.0.131

See Page 5.0.157

15D4

Car'r'ier detect active

5.0.132

See Page 5.0.157

15D6

Carrier' detect inactive

5.0.133

See Page 5.0.157

15D8

Receive data

5.0.134

See

15DA

Receive data mark

5.0.135

See Page 5.0.157

15DC

Ring indicate active

5.0.136

See Page 5.0.157

15DE

Ring indicate inactive

5.0.136

See Page 5.0.157

15EO

Cle&r to send

5.0.137

See Page 5.0.157

15E4

New Sync active

5.0.139

See Page 5.0.157

15E6

Telegraph echo check

5.0.140

Sea POlge 5.0.157

15E8

f;1onitor mode 01

5.0.1(.2

See

15EA

Interrupt mode 10

5.0.143

See Page 5.0.157

15FO

SOLC link test

5.0.144

See Page 5.0.157

sp~ce

P~ge

P~ge

o
o
o

5.0.157

/

5.0.157

',~

Page D.2

Manual Intervention Routine Index

-"

( -'"

i, " #'' I

o
o

#

o
o
o

o
o
o

o
o

U
I.

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

DCL-3705D-oa
D99-37050-06

D.4 IBM 3705 TYPE 2 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines a~e manual intervention routines for the type 2
communication scanner 1FT.
The p~ges referred to ~re D99-3705E p~ges
except as indicated.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

PAGE NO.

X690

SABRE RPQ new sync lead

6.1.90

X694

PCF state X'F' disable

6.1.90

X698

Transmit test for PCF
state X'B'

6.1.92

X69C

Modem interface

6.1.94

X6CE

External Wrap

6.1.95

X6DO

Plotter Adapter RPQ test

6.1.105

X6FO

SDLC link test

6.1.106

See Page 6.2.3

X6F2

Wrap Line Set Test

6.1.112

Wraps modems,
end line sets

X6F6

MODEM INTERFACE CHECK TEST.
SEE PAGES 6.1.117 AND 6.1.118.

T3705L

Panel line test

e

COt'1MENTS

See Page 6.2.3

REQUIRES RPQ 530254.
5.1

See Ch(;)pter 5
in 099-37050

o
o

•
•
•
•
•

Manual Intervention Routine Index

Page D.3

DCL-3705D-OB :.
D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

0.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type
3 communication scanner IFT.
The pages referred to are 099-3705E
pages except as indicated.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

PAGE; NO.

COf,'l!';lENTS

X741

Sets line addresses
for tasting

7.0.74

AllOtr.Js ch~ngin9 wrap
addresses for
scanner wrap tests.

X7AB

WRAP LINE SETS

7.1.212

X7FO

SDLC link test

7.1.267

X7F1

ICW Test 1

7.1.265

Requires adjustment
of -4 VDC in fr~me
containing scanner
being tested.

X7F2

ICW Test 2

7.1.267

See X7F1 comment.

X7F3

ICt~

Test 3

7.1.269

See X7F1 comment.

X7F4

PDF Data Test

7.1.271

See X7F1 comment.

X7F5

PDF Ping Pong Test 1

7.1 .. 271

See X7F1 comment.

X7F6

PDF Ping Pong Test 2

7.1.272

See X7F1 comment.

T3705L

Panel line test

5.1

See Chapter 5
in D99-3705D.

o
'f~\
,~P

\

:

D.6 IBM 3705 TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following manual intervention routines for the type 4 channel
adapter provide tests to detect and isolate intermittent EBM failures.
The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except ~s indic~ted.
FUNCTION TESTED

COl'1MENTS

X958

EBM Interference Test 1

8.1.38

Adjustment of -4 VDC
in frame cont~ining
~dapter under test
muY be necessary.

X959

EBM Interference Test 2

8.1.39

See X958 comment.

Page D.4

\

.. . /

Manual Intervention Routine Index
,(
'~

"

o
o

•
~

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

DCL-3705D-08
D99-37050-06

()

o

o
o

X95A

EBM

X95B

X9SC

Inte~fe~ence

Test 3

8.1.40

See X958 comment.

EBM Ping Pong Test 1

8.1.41

Sea X958 comment.

EBM Ping Pong Test 2

8.1.42

See X958 comment.

o

o
o
o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Manual

Inte~vention

Routine Index

Page D.5

.
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

OCL-37050-08 ..
099-37050-06

(",j

()

o
"1>,

, ..#

(

O
~

,

I

/

l

(~)
Page D.6

Manual Intervention Routine Index
'

{

c
\

~,

,.:

•
•o
o
o

o
o
o
o

o

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

IBM/TECHNICAL NEWSLETTER

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

IBM MAINTENENCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE. PANEL LINE
TEST. and INITIAL TEST

This Technical Newsletter provides page updates for the Internal
Functional Test. Section 3.0. to include new manual intervention
routines for testing HDB modules in the Type 3 Communication
Scanners and Type 4 Channel Adapters.
Page updates are provided for Appendix A. Communications Controller
Configuration Data Set description. for editorial corrections.
, Page updates are provided for Appendix D. 'Manual Intervention Routine
Index, to include the new Type 3 Scanner and Type 4 Channel Adapter
HDB module test routines.
Remove Pages

Add Pages

D99-3705.D-06

DCL-3705D-07

Cover

Cover

ii - vi

ii - vi

ix - x

ix - x

3.7 - 3.14

3.7

- 3.14

A.1 - A.2

1.1

- 1.2

1.9 - 1.10

1.9

- A.10

A.17 - 1.18

A.17

D.3 - D.4

D.3 - D.4

A.18

File this cover letter with the manual to provide a record of
the change.

IBM Network Products RIS. seD Laboratory. Dept. G64,
P.o. Box 12295. Research Triangle Park. North Carolina, 27709

o

o
o
()

('

•
•o

DCL-370SD-07
D99-3705D-06

o
o
o

o
o
o

•

•I.
•
•
•
••
•
•

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER,
DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE TEST, and
INITIAL TEST
DATE: 12/12/80

i

T3705A

,{I

)
II

' -

DCL-370SD-07
D99-3705D-06
PREFACE

I

o

o
o

This manual contains information pertaining to the Internal Functional
Test Loader, T370SA, the Diagnostic Control Module (DCM), X370SACA,
the Internal Functional Tests (IFTs), X3705ABA-X3705JBA, and the
Initial Test, X3705ADA.

o

The material in this manual was previously released in D99-370SA
which has been replaced by:
IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Channel Adapter and Wrap All Lines
On-line test, D99-3705C.
IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Internal Functional Test Loader,
Diagnostic Control Module, Panel Line Test, and Initial Tests,
D99-3705D
IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Internal Functional Tests SYmptom
Indexes, D99-3705E.
Chapter I contains information about the 1FT Loader T370SA.
Chapter 2 describes the Diagnostic Control Module X3705ACA and
provides operational instructions. Chapter 3 provides information
about the Internal Functional Tests describing their use and operation
with the DeM. This chapter also explains how to use the Symptom
Indexes contained in D99-3705E. Chapter 4 provides a general
description of the Initial Tests and instructions for loading and
operating the test programs. Also included is a discussion of how to
use the Initial Test Symptom Index contained in Appendix C.
Operating instructions and examples of using the panel line test is
included in Chapeter S. The panel line test is a stand-alone version
of the NCP-4 line test function.
Appendix A contains the Configuration Data Set (CDS) required by
the 1FT Loader, DCM, and 1FT. Appendix B contains a listing of stops
originating from the DCM and include~ a discussion of the action
required at each stoP.
The initial test symptom index has been incorporated into this
T370SA.

;i

I

'''"'-

(
"

(
,

"

•
0,
I'

o
o
o

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06
manual in Appendix

c.

The Manual Routine Indexes previously found at the beginning.of the
Symptom Indexes with manual intervention routines have been combined
and incorporated into Appendix D.

o

IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Programs 1FT SYmptom Index, D99-3705E.

o

IBM 3705 Communications Controller Theory Maintenance Manual,
SY27-0l07.

o
o

o

Companion manuals that should be referred to are:

Prerequisite manuals that should be referred to are:
DOS OLTEP SRL, GC24-5086.
IBM System/360 Operating SYstem Qn-Line Test Executive Program,
GC28-6650.
OLTSEP Operators Guide, D99-SEPDT.
Guide to Using the IBM 3705 Communications Contoller Control Panel,
GA27-3087.

•
•
••
•
••
•
•

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-3705D-Ol
Miscellaneous changes were made in several places in the manual.
Chapter 5 was changed to add paragraph 5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops
which was left out of the first edition.
Appendix D was changed to include a type 2 communication scanner
routine X6F2 which was added to the type 2 communication scanner in
Release 9.0.

; i i

T3705A

o
DCL-37050-07
D99-37050-06
SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-02
This version of the manual was released via DCl. Chang~s for this
version were made in Appendix A and were indicated by change bars to
the left of changed text.

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-03

0

o
o
~

o
c

Changes are incoporated in the panel line test procedures in Chapter
5.
Appendix A has been changed to reflect Configuration Data set
changes required for several RPQs.

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-05
This edition incorporates DCl-370SD-04.
The information and error messages issued by the 1FT loader in Chapter
1 have been modified to improve clarity.
Several changes were made to Configuration Data set description in
Appendix A for the new models J,K,l of the 3705 and the addition of
several RPQ's.
The Initial Test Symptom Index in Appendix C has been changed to
reflect 20 bit data flow.

(~

Appendix E has been added and it contains examples of 1FT runs • .

T3705A

o
c

'UIP

•
•o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o

•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•

1!I!ljIIlJrl

,1M

1

Id

WI!

\

DCL-370SD-07
D99-3705D-06
SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS E2R D99-370SD-06
This edition

p~ovides

an updated

Configu~at;on

Data set

Desc~ipt;on.

In addition, the page numbe~5 listed in the Manual Inte~vention
Routine Index have been co~~ected so that they ag~ee with the page
numbe~5 in the D99-370SE document.

SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR DCl-370SD-07
This DCl updates the

Configu~ation

Data Set

De5c~ipt;on,

Appendix A.

In addition, the Manual Inte~vent;on Routine Index, Appendix D, has
been updated to include new Type 3 Communication Scanne~ and Type 4
Channel Adapte~ Manual Inte~vention Routines.
section 3 Symptom Index Refe~ence5 we~e updated to include the new
Type 4 Channel Adapte~ Manual Inte~vention Routines.

.'F370SA

DCL-3705D-07
D99-370SD-06

o
o
o

o
o
o

o

(
\

\,

\

(
,

T3705A

-,

/

vi

c

!

'" "Rdr # H"

d

q

{

I

....

+d!

rl

,

I

lie
'I'!,I
I
I
I

I
il

•

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
TABLE OF' CONTENTS

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

0

P
0
iO

0
0
0

•

n
•
•
•

A.2.3.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Fourth
Scannner Block E • • • • • • • • • • • •.• • • • •
.A.22
A.2.4.l Symbolic CDS Entry Communication Scanners 3 and
4. • • • • • • • • •
• .A.25
A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A.26
A.4 Unit Configurator Under OLTSEP and OLTEP • •
• ••
• A. 29
A.4.l Operator Messages • • • • • • • • • • •
• • •
.A.29

..........

APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX •

• B.l

APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX.

• C.l

APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX • • • •
• ••••
D.l IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION
ROUTINES. .' • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • • •
D.2 IBM 3705 storage 1FT Manual Intervention Routines • • • •
D.3 IBM 3705 Type 1 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
D.4 IBM 3705 Type 2 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
D.S IBM 3705 Type 3 Communication Scanner Manual
Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• •••
D.6 IBM 3705 Type 4 Channel Adapter Manual Intervention
Rout i nes,.. • • '.,. • • ,. •
•

D.1
D.l
D.l

. . . D.l

APPENDIX E.

1FT RUN EXAMPLES. • • • • • • • • • •

D.2
D.3
D.4

• • E.1

I

•
•
••
•
•

Tabla of Contents

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

DCL-37050-070
D99-3705D-06

TABLE OF CONTENTS

o

o
o

o
o

This intentionally left

bl~nk.

(

,

\,

c
Table of contents

x

•
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0
0

Ii

•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•

"WAIr'tdM

'H

k

t

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

HU

We!iU

"'Hi YUI!H'WltU'U,!

H

Hij

"

'J

! /

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

3.2.2.2 DATA SET NAME AND 1FT FUNCTION CHART
Data Set Name
X3705AAA
X370SABA
X370SACA
X370SADA
X370SAEA
X370SBAA
X3705BBA
X370SBCA
X370SCAA
X370SCBA
X370SDAA
X370SEAA
X370SEBA
X370SFAA
X3705FBA
X370SFCA
X370SFDA
X3705FEA
X370SFFA
X370SGAA
X370SGBA
X3705GCA
X370SGDA
X3705GEA
X3705GFA
X3705GGA
X3705HAA
X370SHBA
X370SHCA
X3705HDA
X3705HEA
X3705HFA
X3705HGA
X3705HHA
X3705HIA
X3705HJA
X370SHKA
X3705JAA
X370SJBA
X3705KAA
X3705KBA
Inte~nal

CE Request

11RR
P2RR
P3RR
P4RR
15RR

P6RR

P7RR

P9RR

Functional Tests

1FT Function
Type 1 Channel Adapte~ Load Module
Type 2 Channel Adapte~ Load Module
DCM
Initial Test, section 1
Initial Test, section 2
CCU Section 1
CCU Section 2
CCU Section 3
Sto~age Section I
Sto~age Section 2
Type 1 Channel Adapte~, Section 1
Type 2 Channel Adapte~, Section 1
Type 2 Channel Adapte~, Section 2
Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 1
Type 1 Communication scanne~, Section 2
Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 3
Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 4
Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 5
Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 6
Type 2 Communication Scanne~. Section 1
Type 2 Communication Scanne~. Section 2
Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 3
Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 4
Type 2 Communicati~n Scanne~, Section 5
Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 6
Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 7
Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 1
Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 2
Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 3
Type 3 Communication Scanne~. Section 4
Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 5
Type 3 Communication Scanner, Se.ction 6
Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 7
Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section-S
Type 3 Communication Scanner. Section 9
Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 10
Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 11
Type 4 Channel Adapter, Section 1
Type 4 Channel Adapter, Section 2
Panel Line Test, Section 1
Panel Line Test, Section 2
X3705BAA - JBA

Page No. 3.7

!

•

.-~

-

......

~ •• ,..~ . . . . . . . . . . . -

.. -

••••••••

"

•••

~

•••

,~~_._.,,,,,

.....

"., ... u ......... _

...............

,~ ... _-............. .................................... _,.~ .. ~.,.~ ............ ~

..... _ ... _

. . . . . ._ .

..
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X370SJBA

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

IFTs are requested ;n the format PIRR. P is the number of the
adapter to be tested. If P=O, all adapters for the requested 1FT will
be tested. I ; s the 1FT number, R ;s the routine number. See Chapter
5 for instructions on loading and running Panel Line Test, X3705KAA
and KBA.
1FT modules have several segments depending upon the size
module. The last character of the data set name changes for
segment of the 1FT module. 'A' indicates the first segment;
second; and so on, for as many segments as necessary for the
1FT module.
The CCU IFTs turn the CCU CHECK light on and off.
CCU CHECK light coming on unless a hard stop occurs.

of the
each
'B', the
entire

I

The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch, the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA
switches, and the START push button on the control panel of the 3705
are used to enter an 1FT request. The 1FT request is divided into two
parts; part 1 selects the adapter, 1FT, and routines, and part 2
selects the CE sense switch options desired. Refer to APPENDIX B for
DCM stop codes, description, and ~equi~ed inte~vention.
an 1FT

~equest

The 1FT Loader must be running in the host CPU, and the DCM
must be loaded and executing in the 3705.

b.

The symptom index desc~;ption for the current code in
display B must indicate that the DCM is ready fo~ part 1 of
an 1FT request (display A and B contain X'FFFF'). Abort
any active ~equest befo~e ente~ing a new ~equest. See
"Abo~ting a Routine or Request".

1.

Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 4.

2.

1FT request - part 1

c
c

!

~

Set the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches to select the
desi~ed adapter(s), IFT(s), and routine(s).
Refe~ to the data
set name and IFT function chart to dete~mine the exact switch
settings fo~ a specific request.

3.8

o
o
o

can be made, two conditions must be met:

a.

Page No.

o

Disregard the

3.3.1 REQUESTING AND TERMINATING IFTS

Befo~e

o.
o

X3705BAA - JBA

Inte~Qal

()

Functional Tasts

c'

•e
o
o

L

..

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370SAAA - X3705JBA

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

ADDRESS/DATA Switches

o
o

BCD E
All
all

o
o
o

o

•
••
•
•
•
••
•
•
•

!

~outines

o~

all IFTs. on

000 0

adapte~s

All ~outines o~ one 1FT (1)
on all adapte~s tested by this
1FT

010 0

All ~outines of one 1FT (I).
on one adapt.~ (P)

P I 0 0

One ~o~tine (RR) of one 1FT (1)
on all adapte~s tested by this
1FT

o

One ~out;ne (RR) of on. 1FT (1).
on one .dapta~ (P)

P 1 R R

To ~equest te~m;nat;on at
T370SA (1FT loade~) and 1FT.

FOX X

1 R R

the START push button.

3.

P~ess

4•

The PROGRAM and HARD STOP lights must ba on. If they a~e not.
see "Dete~mining Why PROGRAM DISPLAY Light Is Not On".

5•

The DCM should b. ~eady fo~ p.~t 2 of the ~equest (display A
contains X'FFFF' and display B contains X'8002'1. If it is not.
pe~fo~m the action neceS5.~y to co~~ect the p~oblem indicated in
the symptom index. See "Using the Symptom Index fo~ IFTs" in
pa~ag~aph

6.

1FT

3.3.4.

~equest

-

P.~t

2

Set the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches .cco~ding to"the
des;~ed CE sensa switch setting.
Combina values fo~ the actual
switch value o~ set switch •• to z.~os if no CE sensa switches a~a
to be set on. The ~alat;onsh;p b.tween CE sans a switches and tha
ADDRESS/DATA switches is shown in the following ch.~t •

Int.~nal

Functional Tasts

Xl70SBAA - JBA

'aga No. 3.9

()
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

DCL-3705D-07
099-37050-06

ADDRESS/DATA Switches
BCD E

CE Sense Switch
Problem Definition Mode
Restart Routine on First Error
Loop on First Error
Bypass Error stop
Cycle on Request
Include Manual Intervention Routines
Repeat Each Routine X Times
Halt Before Execution
Bypass New Error stops
Wait Before Continuing

- -- -- 21
- -- -- It8

-

1
2

4 -

8 ..

1

8 - - -

Press the START push button.

8.

The PROGRAM DISPLAY light must be on. If it is not, see
"Determining Why the PROGRAM DISPLAY light Is Not On".

9.

See the symptom index in APPENDIX B for a description of the code
in display B.

3.3.2 USING THE SYMPTOM INDEX FOR IFTS
Displays A and B display codes are described in the symptom index for
the IFTs.
The symptom indexes for the IFTs are contained in the IBM
Maintenance Diagnostic Program - SYmptom Index, D99-3705E manual. A
reference ;s given to the page in the IBM 3705 Communications
controller Theory Maintenance Manual, SY27-0107 describing the failing
function for many display codes.
The symptom indexes provide an indication of the suspected failing
card. The list of suspected cards ;-s not exhaustive and may not
indicate the exact failing part. However, the suspected card has
enough effect on the failure to be singled out as suspect. If after
replacing the suspected card, the failure presistsl scoping signals
into and out of the indicated card will probably be helpful in
locating the exact cause of the failure.
A useful technique that may be used is to record the card location
indicated when an error is detected. Continue the 1FT to the next
routine (via FUNCTION 6) and record any indicated cards called for
errors occuring. After several routines have been tried with error
stops, suspect the card with the highest recurrence of indications as

3.10

X3705BAA - JBA

o
o

-

7.

Page No.

o

Internal Functional Tasts

o

Wit/,

LH 6 +

lie
!'j

lie

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

o

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

the most probable cause of the error.

o

The following control panel conditions must exist, for the displays
to indicate DCM or 1FT errors:

10
!I

1.

The LOAD light must be off. If it is on, see the error displays
for the ROS, initial test, or 1FT Loader.

2.

The TEST light must be on. If it is off, and tha LOAD light is
on, sea item 1. If it is off, and the LOAD light is off, see the
error displays for the 1FT Loader.

3.

The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch is set to FUNCTION 4, 5, or 6.
If it ;s not set to FUNCTION 4, 5, or 6, see "Refresh Last DCM
Display Code".

4.

PROGRAM DISPLAY light must be on. If it is off, see "Determining
Why PROGRAM DISPLAY Light Is Not On".

10

o
'0

o

The symptom index display format is:

D

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
'

Display A
Display B

=
=

P I R R
T S KK

Where each character represents a four bit Hex digit (byte X is not
used) •
P
I
RR
T
S
KK

= Number of adapter being tested
= Number of the active 1FT
= Number of the active routine
= Type of display code
= Scoping indicator and error counter
= Code reference in symptom index

Use the following procedure to find a code in the 1FT symptom index:
Is T equal to 8 (display B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes
I
I
I
See the DCM symptom index (Appendix B) for
I
of the display. Display A indicates which
1 1 F T , and which routine is active. Display
I
indicates the DCM ;s ready to accept a new
I

Internal Functional Tests

a description
adapter, which
A equal X'FFFF'
re,uest •

X3705BAA - JBA

Page No. 3.11

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
.IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X370SJBA

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

Is T equal to 0 (display B first Hex digit)?
Yes
No

I

The 1FT has detected an error and an error code is displayed.
The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the
1FT Symptom Index to see.

I
T

I

Symptom
Index

Page
No

0
0
0
0
0

1

D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-370SE

1.1
2.1
3.1
4 .. 1
5.0.1
6.0.1
7.0.1
8.1

0

0
0

2

3
4

5
6
7
9

o
o

o
o

o
o

c

Is T equal to 1 or 2 (display B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes

I

A pretest error or a error common to the 1FT routines has
been detected; 1 indicates pretest, 2 indicates common error.
The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the
1FT Symptom Index to see.

I
T
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

(

I

Symptom
Index

1

D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-3705E

2

3
4

5
6
7
9

~-

Page
No
1.17
2.2
3.4
4.19

.r

\:

S.0.IS0
6.2.1
7.1.275
8.43
"

-j

Page No.

3.12

X3705BAA - JBA

Internal Functional Tests

q'

•
•o
o

IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370sAAA - X370SJBA

Is T equal to E (display B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes

I

o
1

Information is being displayed.
errors or correct operation.
T

o
o

I

Symptom
Index

Page
No

E

1

E

5
6
7

D99-370SE
D99-3705E
D99-3705E
D99-370SE

1.23
5.0.155
6.2.2
7.1.276

E
E

Is T equal to F (display B first Hex digit>?
No
Yes

I
I

o

A

manual intervention stop code is being displayed.

I

~

IJ

•
•
•
•
••
•
•

The display indicates either

I

0

It)

DCL-370SD-07
D99-3705D-06

T

I

Symptom
Index

Page
No

F
F
F

1
5
6
7
8

D99-370sE
D99-370SE
D99-370SE
D99-370SE
D99-370SE

1.23
5.1.1
6.2.3
7.1.277
8.39

F

F

Is T equal 6 or 7 (display B first Hex digit)?
No
Yes

I
I
I
I

I
See paragraph 2.2.1.6 "Set or Display Repeat Count".
This display ;s from that DCM panel utility.

Internal Functional Tests

X370SBAA - JBA

Page No. 3.13

.1

0
IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM
IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA

Is T equal to 9
No
Yes

I
I
I
I
I

A (display B first Hex digit)?

I

I

See parag~aph 2.2.1.6 "Set, Reset, Display CE Sense
Switches. This display ;s from that DCM panel utility.

Is T equal to B
No
Yes

I
I
I
I
I

o~

DCL-3705D-07
D99-370SD-06

o~

D (display B

fi~st

Hex digit)?

I
See parag~aph 2.2.1.9 "Dynamic Communication To
Routines. This display ;s from that DCM panel utility.

0
0
0
0
0
C
tf~~

\

.

~/

Ensure that the DeM and 1FT loaded properly and that the
required conditions described prior to this procedure were met.

i"-----\
l
~_J'"

3.3.2.1 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX
An index of manual intervention routines is located in Appendix D.
This index is a reference to D99-3705E Symptom Indexes as an aid in
locating manual intervention routines. No running or setting up
instructions are provided in this Appendix.

/

(~"

3.3.2.2 SYMPTOM INDEX MASK FIELD AND REGISTER USAGE
The "mask" field specifies the bits being tested. A "0" indicates
that bit position is not checked. If the symptom index lists a "mask"
field for X'14, X'lS', and X'16', the following contents are standard
for the registers:
Register X'14' contains the bits being tested.
Register X'IS' Contains the bits in register X'14' in error.
Register X'16' Contains the bit pattern expected in register X'14'.
3.3.2.3 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER 1FT SYNC POINT AID
Each time the type 3 communication scanne~ 1FT branches to the
subroutine to check the PCF/EPCF state. register X'IS' is loaded with.
the address of the number of cha~acter times the subroutine waits for
the expected PCF/EPCF state. This address can be used with the
address sync capability to provide oscilliscope synchronization points
at various addresses in the routine.

'
-~

/'
'-

Page No.

3.14

X3705BAA - JBA

Internal Functional Tests

~
/

't

•
•o

'''''''WH''/NYWhI,' I i . ! "

o
o
o
o
10
10

•

»I[JI-

b

±

I I ! b If

!

i!J' !

!

I

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

APPENDIX A.

II

! 1/

ii'

H

I

db

t

bY. H'U

± hi!

•

DCL-3705D-07
D99-370SD-06

CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION

The Channel Adapter On-Line Test (OLT) and the Internal Functional
Tests (1FT), for the 3705 require 3705 hardware definition.
The
definition is provided in the OlT configuration data set (CDS) for the
3705.
The 1FT's for the 3705 are loaded into the 3705 by a host CPU
program called the 1FT Loader. The 1FT loader is an OLT executed
under an On-line Test Executive (OS/TCAM/TOTE, OS/OlTEP,DOS/OLTEP, or
OlTSEP).
The 1FT loader appends the CDS to the Diagnostic Control
Module (DCM) when the DCM is loaded into the 3705. The DCM refers to
the CDS as required by the requested 1FT.
The storage location of CDS information in the 3705 can be
determined by adding the CDS byte location (from CDS Byte Column) to
X'FOO'.
The 3705 CDS is composed of the following sections:
Channel Data

Data Block Index

Part I
Fixed Format

•
•
•
•'.
••
•
•

J

1

Data Blocks

Part 2
Variable Format

A.I CONFIGURATION DATA SET PART I
Part 1 format is fixed and is 28 bytes (X'lB') in length and is defined
and punched in Columns 1-67 of Card #1 as follows:
CDS
Byte (Hex)

Card
Col.

I

Configuration Data set

Contents/Description

I

Must be blank

2-4

CDS

5-9

Blank

T3705A

A.I

o
IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

DCL-370SD-07
D99-3705D-06

0-3

10-17

Native subchannel unit add~ess in hex
(right justified) (example 0000010A)
The IFTs load across this channel addr.

4

18

= 4 If model E,F,G or H with
RPQ SQ0058 installed.
(cycle utilization counter)
= C If model J, K, or L.

19
CDS
Byte (Hex)

Card
Col.

Blank
Contents/Description

o
o
o
o

c
c
r'\ '

I

1

5

20-21

Feature code - (CS-Comm. Scanner;
CA-Channel Adapter)
Enter only the channel adapter
defined in card col 10-17.
I

20

4
2
1

l=Storage size greater than 64K bytes.
O=storage size 64K or less.
1=NCP used.
, O=NCP not used.
l=type 4 CA installed.
O=type 4 CA not installed.
l=Type 1 CS installed.
O=Type 1 CS not installed.

8
4

2

1

A.2

T3705A

o

HEX
8

21

'L#

1=Type 2 CS installed.
O=Type 2 CS not instailed.
1=Type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS
installed.
O=type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS
not installed.
l=Type 1 CA installed.
O=Type 1 CA not installed.
1=Type 2 or 3 CA installed.
O=Type 2 or 3 CA not installed.

6

22-23

= 40 Class Code (terminal control
unit)

7

24-2S

= 06

unit or Type Code(370S)

Configuration Data Sat

(
\

./

MI+'MN"HEII

•

'1W.·",Wvy'twWII'''*OWY

let IMM t "'!J!b!!111

i Hd H"+&ijwHlWJ LW ~'!Ih

+I ULlW "blih

L!

p' Wt'h'I!M"

tfl" +!M'H't!MitlIliHh*

•

!IM i

'Nit'

MAlH"",,,.,.!'

...

t

.'baHti'e .!M\/I,'''#I'' '"

d'H!YM':IIriNIM.eMM'lM!hH!hl!rilbdhijWLlIHIWW'!:NMbYMijMJ/lbIidd8i1U±JHWI

til' H 1\'+lIhd"t tru'e'Wlh"±

hKI""fbNNd

DCL-370SD-07
D99-370SD-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

A.2.0

fM¥I"*Ndf''ldH'd*HWr'ttiW'*9'.IA#NYH'.t!N''f'Nw'W'Q"M'',W

CHANNEL ADAPTER BLOCKS

A.2.1.0 FIRST CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block defines the channel adapter in the first machine
This may be a type I, 2, 3, or 4 channel adapter.

o

o

Block
Addr
3

CDS
Byte

Card
Col

coo

44

36-37

NSC unit arldress - interface A

COl

45

38

Governor speed for cycle steal (normally
lumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl

Contents

=0

o

if type 1 or type 4 channel adapter

The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapter when EC 318882 is not installed.

•

=1
=2
=3
=

if 49K bytes
if 92K bytes
if l88K bytes
4 if 277K bytes

The following is for type 2 or 3 channel
adapter when EC 318882 ;s installed.

= A9
=B
=C
=
39

•
•
••
•

Configuration Data Set

=

if
if
if
if

49K bytes
92K bytes

188K bytes
277K bytes

1 This data block is for 1st machine

frame channel adapter ..

T370SA

A.9

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

A.2.1.1 CCU DEFINITION - BLOCK A This CDS block defines the central control unit.
Card

Block
Addr

3

tUBE

AOO

CDS
~

Card
Col

CCU - BLOCK
46

40-41

(~I

contents

C

***
Define storage type and size
The following is for Bridge storage:

= 02
= 03
= 04
= 05
06
= 07
= 08
=

48K
80K
1l2K
l44K
176K
if 208K
if 2'~OK

if
if
if
if
if

~

(

,-,/

c;

The following is for FET storage:
81
= 82
= 83
= 84
= 85
= 86

if
if
if
if
if
if
=
87
if
=
88
= 8A if
= 8C if
if
=
8E
if
= 90 if
=
42-43

C
C

= 01 if 16K

47

0'
0
0
0

32K
64K
96K
128K
160K
192K
224K
256K
320K
384K
448K
5l2K

/'----,

"/'

"

('-/

('-'

,-,/
(

~

Defines RPQ Features. \

\

/

/~

(

/

/

-',

\j
"

A.IO

T3705A

Configuration Data Set

~Il

y~

C
('~
,)

(t '"
~~

IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

o
o
o
o
o

07
08
OA
OB
OD
OEOE

G or GA
H

J
K
S

T or TA (must define 2 partitions for each
line set)
U
(must define 2 partitions for each
line set)

OFOF
10
1313

W

Z

(must define 2 partitions for
each line set)
ALC RPQ (358657) type 2 scanner only
Reverse Chan RPQ (858664) type 2 scanner
only
x-v Plotter RPQ (858663) type 2 scanner
only
N/R jumpered for medium speed operation
(9600 bits per second or less)
N/R jumpered for high speed operation
(greater than 9600 bits per second,
must define 2 partitions)

30
34
38

o

39

o

'
U

3A3A

'\

1\1
"i

•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•

Cal"d

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

D12

62-69

40-55

Line set type codes installed in LIB
position 2 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1)

D13

6A-71

56-71

Line set type codes installed in LIB
position 3 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1>

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

73-80

Any desired data (Ref card 1)

Block
Addr

CDS
Byte

5

Card
Col
1-15

72-79

Configuration Data Set

16-31

Contents
Must be blank
Code for line set types installed in LIB
position 4 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1)
Not valid for type 3 .canner.

T3705A

A.17

IBM 3105 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER

DCL-3105D-O~1

CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION

D99-3705D-06

A.2.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - SECOND SCANNER BLOCK E
The type 2 or type 3 scanner defined by block type E is identical to
block type D except for the installed position and number of LIBs
available. Refer to block D for the format. If no scanner is
installed in this position and no further data blocks are required,
punch a slash (/) in the 1st column of this block and omit the
continuation character for this card to end the CDS (no further
punching is required).
Card
5

Addr

Byte

Col

CS defined by this block

'32

= 43

33

=1

7B-7C

34-37

Blank

7D

38-'39

RPQ Definition Byte (Refer to CSl)

E02

7E-81

40-47

Oscillator speed codes

E06

82-87

4S-59

LIB type codes

EOC

B8-aD

60-71

LIB position 1 line set types lines O-B

72

Continuation character (any character
except /)

E01

7A

o
o
c

c

Contents

32-33

EOO

o

If type 2 communication scanner
If type 3 Hi-Speed Communication
Scanner
2 If type 3 communication scanner
CS address bits for 2nd Scanner.

/'

73-80
Card

Block
Addr

CDS
~

1-15

6

BE-8F

A.lS

Card
Col

T3705A

16-19

Any Desired Data (Ref card 1)
Contents
Must be blank
LIB position 1 line set types lines C-F

Configuration Dat. Set

·r"
\1

--;'

""""d

•

•

0
0

0
0
0
0
0

0
0

I

IIfH

..
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

DCL-3705D-07
D99-3705D-06

X690

SABRE RPQ new sync lead

6.1.90

X694

PCF state X'F' disable

6.1.90

X698

Transmit test for PCF
state X'S'

6.1.92

X69C

Modem inter'face

6.1.94

X6CE

External Wrap

6.1.95

X6DO

Plotter Adapter RPQ test

6.1.105

X6FO

SDLC link test

6.1.106

See Page 6.2.3

X6F2

Wrap Line set Tast

6.1.112

W~aps

T3705L

Panel line test

5.1

See Chapter 5
i' n D99-3705D

See Page 6.2.3

modems,
and line sets

D.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES

Il
'.i

I

f'IIh.l1U&!,H'

•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•

The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type
3 communication scanner 1FT. The pages referred to are D99-3705E
pages except as indicated.
COMMENTS

ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

X741

Sets line addresses
for testing

7.0.74

X7A8

Wrap Line sets

7.1.221

X7FO

SDLC link test

7.1.267

X7F1

ICW Test 1

7.1.265

Requires ad3ustment
of -4 VDC in frame
containing scanner
being tested.

X7F2

ICW Test 2

7.1.267

See X7Fl comment.

X7F3

ICW Test 3

7.1.269

Sea X7Fl comment.

X7F4

PDF Data Test

7.1.271

See X7Fl comment.

X7F5

PDF Ping Pong Test 1

7.1.271

See X7F1 comment.

Manual Intervention Routine Index

Allows changing wrap
addresses for
scanner wrap tests.

Page D.3

o
IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX

X7F6

PDF Ping Pong Test 2

7.1.272

See X7F1 comment.

T3705L

Panel line test

5.1

See Chapter 5
in D99-3705D.

D.6 IBM 3705 TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES
The following manual intervention routines for the type 4 channel
adapter provide tests to detect and isolate intermittent EBM failures.
The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except as indicated.
ROUT.

FUNCTION TESTED

~

X958

EBM Interference Test 1

8.1.38

X959

EBM Interference Test 2

NO.

8.1.39

0
I

r0

COMMENTS
Ad:iustment of -4 VDC
in frame containing
adapter under test
may be necessary.
See X958 comment.

C
~~
~

:,'l.Y

X95A

EBM Interference Test 3

8.1.40

See X958 comment.

X95B

EBM Ping Pong Test 1

8.1.41

See X958 comment.

X95C

EBM Ping Pong Test 2

8.1.42

See X958 comment.

~---,

(

(
/

Page D.4

Manual Interventi on Routi ne Index '~-

"



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19
Create Date                     : 2018:10:08 07:24:54-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2018:10:08 08:35:06-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2018:10:08 08:35:06-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:a4c91300-620b-1b45-8c90-57861132e48b
Instance ID                     : uuid:44ace1e2-ae9b-f340-85d0-27b77991a984
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 232
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu